Document:

[CLAYTON UTZ LOGO OMITTED]

Medallion Trust Series 2005-1G
Offered Note Trust Deed

The Bank of New York

Securitisation Advisory Services Pty. Limited
ABN 88 064 133 946

Perpetual Trustee Company Limited
ABN 42 000 001 007

If you have any questions about the details of this document
PLEASE CONTACT LOUISE MCCOACH ON + 61 2 9353 4679

Clayton Utz
Lawyers
Levels 19-35  No. 1 O'Connell Street  Sydney  NSW  2000  Australia
PO Box H3 Australia Square  Sydney  NSW  1215
T + 61 2 9353 4000  F + 61 2 8220 6700

www.claytonutz.com

Our reference  174/657/80019362

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1...........DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION........................................................................1

            1.1         Definitions...............................................................................1
            1.2         Series Supplement and Master Trust Deed definitions.......................................5
            1.3         Interpretation............................................................................5
            1.4         Issuer's capacity.........................................................................7
            1.5         Benefit of Covenants under this Deed......................................................7
            1.6         Obligations Several.......................................................................8
            1.7         Incorporated Definitions and other Provisions.............................................8
            1.8         Interpretation of Provisions Incorporated from TIA........................................8

2...........THE OFFERED NOTE TRUST................................................................................9

            2.1         Appointment of Offered Note Trustee.......................................................9
            2.2         Declaration of Offered Note Trust.........................................................9
            2.3         Duration of Offered Note Trust............................................................9
            2.4         Benefit of Offered Note Trust.............................................................9
            2.5         Interested persons bound..................................................................9

3...........AMOUNT, FORM AND ISSUE OF OFFERED NOTES...............................................................9

            3.1         Aggregate amount and denomination.........................................................9
            3.2         Description and Form of Offered Notes....................................................10
            3.3         Initial Issue as Book-Entry Notes........................................................10
            3.4         Issue of Offered Definitive Notes........................................................11
            3.5         Indemnity for non-issue of Offered Definitive Notes......................................12
            3.6         Authentication of Offered Notes..........................................................12

4...........OFFERED NOTE REGISTERS...............................................................................12

            4.1         Maintenance of Offered Note Registrars...................................................12
            4.2         Provision of Offered Noteholder Information..............................................12
            4.3         Offered Note Registers conclusive........................................................13

5...........REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.......................................................................13

            5.1         By the Issuer............................................................................13
            5.2         By the Manager...........................................................................14
            5.3         By the Offered Note Trustee..............................................................15

6...........COVENANTS BY ISSUER AND MANAGER......................................................................15

            6.1         Covenant to Pay..........................................................................15
            6.2         Covenant of Compliance...................................................................16
            6.3         Other covenants..........................................................................16
            6.4         Covenants between Issuer and Manager.....................................................18

7...........ENFORCEMENT..........................................................................................19

            7.1         Notice Following an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default.......................19
            7.2         Restrictions on enforcement..............................................................19
            7.3         Offered Note Trustee may enforce.........................................................20
            7.4         Offered Note Trustee alone may enforce...................................................20

8...........OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE'S POWERS, PROTECTIONS ETC.......................................................21

            8.1         Offered Note Trustee's additional powers, protections, etc...............................21
            8.2         Waivers..................................................................................26
            8.3         Offered Note Trustee's liability.........................................................27
            8.4         Dealings with Series Trust...............................................................27
            8.5         Delegation of duties of Offered Note Trustee.............................................27
            8.6         Related Body Corporate of the Offered Note Trustee.......................................28

                                                                               i

9...........DUTIES OF THE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE...................................................................28

            9.1         Offered Note Trustee's general duties....................................................28
            9.2         Duties of the Offered Note Trustee prior to Event of Default.............................28
            9.3         Duties of the Offered Note Trustee following an Event of Default.........................28
            9.4         Certain limitations of liability where acting in good faith..............................29
            9.5         Offered Note Trustee not relieved of liability for negligence etc........................29
            9.6         Preferred collection of claims against Issuer............................................29
            9.7         Compliance with Section 310 of TIA.......................................................29
            9.8         Voting at meetings under Master Trust Deed or Security Trust Deed........................29
            9.9         Transaction Documents....................................................................29

10..........APPLICATION OF MONEYS................................................................................30

            10.1        Moneys received..........................................................................30
            10.2        Investment of moneys held................................................................30

11..........CONTINUING SECURITY AND RELEASES.....................................................................30

            11.1        Issuer's liability not affected..........................................................30
            11.2        Waiver by Issuer.........................................................................30

12..........REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES OF OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE....................................................31

            12.1        Payment of fee...........................................................................31
            12.2        Payment of expenses......................................................................31
            12.3        Additional duties........................................................................31
            12.4        Dispute as to additional duties..........................................................31
            12.5        Currency and VAT.........................................................................32
            12.6        No other fees or expenses................................................................32
            12.7        Issuer personally liable for fees........................................................32
            12.8        Timing of payments.......................................................................32
            12.9        Non-discharge............................................................................32

13..........ADDITIONAL OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEES.....................................................................32

            13.1        Appointment and removal..................................................................32
            13.2        Joint exercise of powers.................................................................33
            13.3        Notice...................................................................................33

14..........RETIREMENT OR REMOVAL OF OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE........................................................33

            14.1        Retirement of Offered Note Trustee.......................................................33
            14.2        Removal by Manager.......................................................................34
            14.3        Offered Note Trustee may retire..........................................................34
            14.4        Appointment of Substitute Offered Note Trustee by Offered Noteholders....................34
            14.5        Release of Offered Note Trustee..........................................................35
            14.6        Vesting of Offered Trust Fund in Substitute Offered Note Trustee.........................35
            14.7        Substitute Offered Note Trustee to Execute Deed..........................................35
            14.8        Rating Agencies Advised..................................................................35
            14.9        Retention of Lien........................................................................35
            14.10       Issuer and Manager Cannot be Appointed...................................................36
            14.11       No Limitation of TIA.....................................................................36

15..........AMENDMENT............................................................................................36

            15.1        Amendment by Offered Note Trustee........................................................36
            15.2        Amendments Requiring Consent of all Offered Noteholders..................................37
            15.3        Compliance with TIA......................................................................37
            15.4        No Rating Agency downgrade...............................................................37
            15.5        Distribution of amendments...............................................................37

                                                                              ii

            15.6        Amendments binding on Offered Noteholders................................................37

16..........REPORTS..............................................................................................37

            16.1        Reports by Offered Note Trustee..........................................................37
            16.2        Reports by Issuer........................................................................37
            16.3        Restricted securities....................................................................38

17..........CURRENCY INDEMNITY...................................................................................38

            17.1        Improper currency receipts...............................................................38
            17.2        Currency indemnity.......................................................................39
            17.3        Failure to pay proper currency...........................................................39

18..........EXPENSES AND STAMP DUTIES............................................................................39

            18.1        Expenses.................................................................................39
            18.2        Stamp duties and other taxes.............................................................40

19..........TRUST INDENTURE ACT..................................................................................40

            19.1        Certificates and opinions................................................................40
            19.2        Undertaking for costs....................................................................41
            19.3        Exclusion of section 316(a)(1)...........................................................41
            19.4        Unconditional rights of Offered Noteholders to receive principal and interest............42
            19.5        Conflict with Trust Indenture Act........................................................42

20..........GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION.......................................................................42

            20.1        Governing law............................................................................42
            20.2        Jurisdiction.............................................................................42

21..........NOTICES..............................................................................................42

            21.1        Method of delivery.......................................................................42
            21.2        Deemed receipt...........................................................................43
            21.3        Email....................................................................................43
            21.4        Notices to Offered Noteholders...........................................................43
            21.5        Notices from Offered Noteholders.........................................................43
            21.6        Issuer and Manager.......................................................................44

22..........ISSUER'S LIMITED LIABILITY...........................................................................44

            22.1        Limitation on Issuer's Liability.........................................................44
            22.2        Claims against Issuer....................................................................44
            22.3        Breach of trust..........................................................................45
            22.4        Acts or omissions........................................................................45
            22.5        No authority.............................................................................45
            22.6        No obligation............................................................................45

23..........MISCELLANEOUS........................................................................................45

            23.1        Assignment by Issuer.....................................................................45
            23.2        Assignment by Manager....................................................................45
            23.3        Assignment by Offered Note Trustee.......................................................45
            23.4        Certificate of Offered Note Trustee......................................................46
            23.5        Continuing obligation....................................................................46
            23.6        Settlement conditional...................................................................46
            23.7        Interest on judgment.....................................................................46
            23.8        Severability of provisions...............................................................46
            23.9        Remedies cumulative......................................................................46
            23.10       Waiver...................................................................................46
            23.11       Written waiver, consent and approval.....................................................46
            23.12       Time of essence..........................................................................47
            23.13       Moratorium legislation...................................................................47

                                                                             iii

            23.14       Binding on each signatory................................................................47
            23.15       Counterparts.............................................................................47
            23.16       Contra proferentem.......................................................................47

SCHEDULE 1 FORM OF OFFERED NOTES.................................................................................48

SCHEDULE 2 FORM OF OFFERED NOTE CONDITIONS.......................................................................54

                                                                              iv

TRUST INDENTURE ACT - CROSS REFERENCE TABLE

This Cross Reference Table does not, for any purpose, form part of this Offered
Note Trust Deed. "N.A." means not applicable.

TRUST INDENTURE ACT SECTION                      CLAUSE REFERENCE
310   (a) (1)                                    5.3(h), 9.7, 14.2, 14.3, 14.4
      (a) (2)                                    9.7
      (a) (3)                                    13.2
      (a) (4)                                    N.A.
      (a) (5)                                    14.10
      (b)                                        9.7(c), 14.11
      (c)                                        N.A.
311   (a)                                        9.6
      (b)                                        9.6
      (c)                                        N.A.
312   (a)                                        4.2(a), 4.2(b)
      (b)                                        4.2(b)
      (c)                                        4.2(c)
313   (a)                                        16.1
      (b)(1)                                     16.1
      (b)(2)                                     16.1
      (c)                                        16.1
      (d)                                        16.1
314   (a)(1)                                     16.2(a)
      (a)(2)                                     16.2(b)
      (a)(3)                                     16.2(c)
      (a)(4)                                     6.3(c)
      (b)                                        6.3(i)
      (c)                                        19.1(a)
      (d)                                        19.1(b)
      (e)                                        19.1(c)
      (f)                                        N.A.
315   (a)                                        9.2
      (b)                                        7.1(a)
      (c)                                        9.3
      (d)                                        9.5, 8.1(e)
      (e)                                        19.2
316   (a)(1)                                     19.3(a)
      (a)(2)                                     15.2
      (b)                                        19.4
      (c)                                        21.5
317   (a)(1)                                     7.3(a)
      (a)(2)                                     7.3(b)
      (b)                                        6.3(l)
318   (a)                                        19.5

                                                                               i

THIS OFFERED NOTE TRUST DEED MADE AT SYDNEY ON 21 JANUARY 2005

PARTIES     THE BANK OF NEW YORK of 101 Barclay Street, 21W, New York, New York,
            10286 (hereinafter included in the expression the "OFFERED NOTE
            TRUSTEE")

            SECURITISATION ADVISORY SERVICES PTY. LIMITED ABN 88 064 133 946 of
            Level 7, 48 Martin Place, Sydney, Australia (hereinafter included by
            incorporation in the expression the "MANAGER")

            PERPETUAL TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED ABN 42 000 001 007 of at Level 7,
            9 Castlereagh Street, Sydney, Australia in its capacity as trustee
            of the Series Trust (as hereinafter defined) (hereinafter included
            in the expression the "ISSUER")

BACKGROUND

A.     The Issuer is the trustee, and the Manager is the manager, of the Series
       Trust.

B.     The Issuer proposes to issue, at the direction of the Manager,
       securities, including the Offered Notes to be constituted, issued and
       authenticated pursuant to this Deed.

C.     The Offered Note Trustee has agreed to act as trustee for the benefit of
       the Offered Noteholders on the terms of this Deed.

D.     This Deed is an indenture qualified under, and subject to the mandatory
       provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act 1939 of the United States of
       America, which are incorporated by reference in and made part of this
       Deed.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1    DEFINITIONS

       In this Deed, unless the contrary intention appears:

       "ADDITIONAL NOTE TRUSTEE" means each person from time to time appointed
       under clause 13.1 to act as a co-trustee with the Offered Note Trustee.

       "AGENT" has the same meaning as in the Agency Agreement.

       "AUTHORISED OFFICER" means:

       (a)    in relation to the Offered Note Trustee, a responsible officer of
              the Corporate Trust Administration department of the Offered Note
              Trustee;

       (b)    in relation to the Issuer, an Authorised Officer of the Issuer for
              the purposes of the Master Trust Deed; and

       (c)    in relation to the Manager, an Authorised Officer of the Manager
              for the purposes of the Master Trust Deed.

       "CHARGE" has the same meaning as in the Security Trust Deed.

       "CHARGE RELEASE DATE" has the same meaning as in the Security Trust Deed.

       "CHARGED PROPERTY" has the same meaning as in the Security Trust Deed.

                                                                               1

       "CLASS A-1 BOOK-ENTRY NOTE" means a Class A-1 Note issued or to be
       issued, as the case may be, by the Issuer in accordance with clause
       3.3(a) to the initial Depository in respect of the Class A-1 Notes or its
       nominee or subsequently transferred to a replacement Depository or its
       nominee.

       "CLASS A-1 DEFINITIVE NOTE" means a Class A-1 Note issued or to be
       issued, as the case may be, by the Issuer in accordance with clause 3.4.

       "CLASS A-1 NOTE" means a debt security described in clause 3.1(a) issued
       by the Issuer, in its capacity as trustee of the Series Trust, pursuant
       to the provisions of this Deed (whether as a Class A-1 Book-Entry Note or
       a Class A-1 Definitive Note).

       "CLASS A-1 NOTE OWNER" means, with respect to a Class A-1 Book-Entry
       Note, the person who is the beneficial owner of such Class A-1 Book-Entry
       Note, as reflected in the books of the Depository in respect of the Class
       A-1 Notes or in the books of a person maintaining an account with that
       Depository (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect
       participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of that
       Depository).

       "CLASS A-1 NOTEHOLDER" in relation to a Class A-1 Note at any given time
       means the person then appearing in the US Dollar Note Register as the
       holder of the Class A-1 Note.

       "CLASS A-3 BOOK-ENTRY NOTE" means a Class A-3 Note issued or to be
       issued, as the case may be, by the Issuer in accordance with clause
       3.3(a) to the initial Depository in respect of the Class A-3 Notes or its
       nominee or subsequently transferred to a replacement Depository or its
       nominee.

       "CLASS A-3 DEFINITIVE NOTE" means a Class A-3 Note issued or to be
       issued, as the case may be, by the Issuer in accordance with clause 3.4.

       "CLASS A-3 NOTE" means a debt security described in clause 3.1(b) issued
       by the Issuer, in its capacity as trustee of the Series Trust, pursuant
       to the provisions of this Deed (whether as a Class A-3 Book-Entry Note or
       a Class A-3 Definitive Note).

       "CLASS A-3 NOTE OWNER" means, with respect to a Class A-3 Book-Entry
       Note, the person who is the beneficial owner of such Class A-3 Book-Entry
       Note, as reflected in the books of the Depository in respect of the Class
       A-3 Notes or in the books of a person maintaining an account with that
       Depository (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect
       participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of that
       Depository).

       "CLASS A-3 NOTEHOLDER" in relation to a Class A-3 Note at any given time
       means the person then appearing in the Euro Note Register as the holder
       of the Class A-3 Note.

       "CLEARING AGENCY PARTICIPANT" means a broker, dealer, bank, other
       financial institution or other person for whom from time to time a
       Depository effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities
       deposited with that Depository.

       "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United
       States of America, as from time to time constituted, created under the
       Exchange Act, or if at any time after the execution of this Deed that
       Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it
       under the TIA, then the body performing those duties.

       "COUNSEL'S OPINION" means one or more written opinions of legal counsel
       (who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Deed, be
       employees or counsel of the Issuer or the Manager) acceptable to the
       Offered Note Trustee which:

       (a)    are addressed to the Offered Note Trustee (and which may also be
              addressed to other persons);

                                                                               2

       (b)    are in a form satisfactory to, and are subject to such
              qualifications and assumptions as are acceptable to, the Offered
              Note Trustee; and

       (c)    comply, where applicable, with the TIA,

       and which state, in the opinion of the legal counsel, the matter to be
       opined upon.

       "ELIGIBLE TRUST CORPORATION" means any person eligible for appointment as
       an institutional trustee under an indenture to be qualified pursuant to
       the TIA as prescribed in section 310(a) of the TIA.

       "EURO NOTE REGISTER" has the same meaning as in the Agency Agreement.

       "EURO NOTE REGISTRAR" has the same meaning as in the Agency Agreement.

       "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning ascribed to that term in the Security
       Trust Deed.

       "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United
       States of America.

       "INTERESTED PERSONS" means a collective reference to the Issuer, the
       Offered Noteholders, the Offered Note Owners, the Manager and all persons
       claiming through them and "INTERESTED PERSON" means a several reference
       to all Interested Persons.

       "ISSUER" means Perpetual Trustee Company Limited ABN 42 000 001 007 or if
       Perpetual Trustee Company Limited ABN 42 000 001 007 retires or is
       removed as trustee of the Series Trusts (as defined in the Master Trust
       Deed), any then Substitute Trustee and includes the Manager when acting
       as the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Master Trust Deed.

       "MAJORITY" in relation to the Offered Noteholders, means Offered
       Noteholders holding Offered Notes with an Invested Amount of greater than
       50% of the aggregate Invested Amount of all the Offered Notes.

       "MASTER TRUST DEED" means the Master Trust Deed dated 8 October 1997 and
       made between the Issuer and the Manager, as amended from time to time.

       "OFFERED BOOK-ENTRY NOTE" means, as the context requires, a Class A-1
       Book-Entry Note, a Class A-3 Book-Entry Note, or both.

       "OFFERED DEFINITIVE NOTE" means, as the context requires, a Class A-1
       Definitive Note, a Class A-3 Definitive Note, or both.

       "OFFERED NOTE" means, as the context requires, a Class A-1 Note, a Class
       A-3 Note, or both.

       "OFFERED NOTE OWNER" means, as the context requires, a Class A-1 Note
       Owner, a Class A-3 Note Owner, or both.

       "OFFERED NOTE REGISTER" has the same meaning as in the Agency Agreement.

       "OFFERED NOTE REGISTRAR" has the same meaning as in the Agency Agreement.

       "OFFERED NOTE TRUST" means the trust established under clause 2.2 of this
       Deed.

       "OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE" means The Bank of New York or if The Bank of New
       York retires or is removed as Offered Note Trustee, any then Substitute
       Offered Note Trustee.

       "OFFERED NOTEHOLDER" means, as the context requires, a Class A-1
       Noteholder, a Class A-3 Noteholder, or both.

                                                                               3

       "OFFERED TRUST FUND" means:

       (a)    the Offered Note Trustee's rights, remedies and powers under this
              Deed, the Security Trust Deed and each other Transaction Document
              to which the Offered Note Trustee is expressed to be a party;

       (b)    the Offered Note Trustee's right, title and interest as a
              beneficiary of the Security Trust; and

       (c)    any other property and benefits which the Offered Note Trustee
              holds on trust for the Offered Noteholders under this Deed.

       "PAYMENT MODIFICATION" means any alteration, addition or revocation of
       any provision of this Deed, the Offered Notes (including the Offered Note
       Conditions), the Master Trust Deed to the extent that it applies to the
       Series Trust, the Series Supplement or the Security Trust Deed which
       modifies:

       (a)    the amount, timing, place, currency or manner of payment of
              principal or interest in respect of the Offered Notes including,
              without limitation, any modification to the Stated Amount,
              Invested Amount, interest rate or maturity date of the Offered
              Notes or to clause 10 of the Series Supplement, conditions 5.4,
              6.3, 6.4, 6.10 and 7.2 of the Offered Note Conditions or clause 13
              of the Security Trust Deed or which would impair the rights of
              Offered Noteholders to institute suit for enforcement of such
              payment on or after the due date for such payment;

       (b)    the definition of the term "Special Majority" in this clause 1.1,
              clause 21.5 of this Deed or the circumstances in which the consent
              or direction of a Special Majority of Offered Noteholders is
              required;

       (c)    clause 6.1(a) of the Security Trust Deed; or

       (d)    the requirements for altering, adding to or revoking any provision
              of the Offered Note Trust Deed or the Offered Notes (including the
              Offered Note Conditions).

       "POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any event which, with the giving of
       notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of
       Default.

       "SECURED CREDITOR" has the same meaning as in the Security Trust Deed.

       "SECURITY TRUST" has the same meaning as in the Security Trust Deed.

       "SERIES SUPPLEMENT" means the Series Supplement dated on or about 21
       January 2005 between the Commonwealth Bank of Australia ABN 48 123 123
       124, Homepath Pty Limited ABN 35 081 986 530, the Manager and the Issuer.

       "SERIES TRUST" means the trust known as the Medallion Trust Series
       2005-1G established pursuant to the Master Trust Deed and the Series
       Supplement.

       "SPECIAL MAJORITY" in relation to the Offered Noteholders, means Offered
       Noteholders holding Offered Notes with an aggregate Invested Amount of no
       less than 75% of the aggregate Invested Amount of all the Offered Notes.

       "STATUTE" means any legislation now or hereafter in force of the
       Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia or of any State or Territory
       thereof or of any legislative body of any other country or political
       subdivision thereof and any rule regulation ordinance by-law statutory
       instrument order or notice now or hereafter made under such legislation.

                                                                               4

       "SUBSTITUTE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE" means at any given time means the
       entity then appointed as Offered Note Trustee under clause 14.

       "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of the United States of
       America as in force at the date of this Deed, or, if this Deed is first
       qualified under the Trust Indenture Act after the issue of Offered Notes,
       as in force at the date of such qualification.

       "US DOLLAR NOTE REGISTER" has the same meaning as in the Agency
       Agreement.

       "US DOLLAR NOTE REGISTRAR" has the same meaning as in the Agency
       Agreement.

       "VOTING SECURED CREDITORS" has the same meaning as in the Security Trust
       Deed.

1.2    SERIES SUPPLEMENT AND MASTER TRUST DEED DEFINITIONS

       Subject to clause 1.7, unless defined in this Deed, words and phrases
       defined in either or both of the Master Trust Deed and the Series
       Supplement have the same meaning in this Deed. Where there is any
       inconsistency in a definition between this Deed (on the one hand) and the
       Master Trust Deed or the Series Supplement (on the other hand), this Deed
       prevails. Where there is any inconsistency in a definition between the
       Master Trust Deed and the Series Supplement, the Series Supplement
       prevails over the Master Trust Deed in respect of this Deed. Subject to
       clause 1.7, where words or phrases used but not defined in this Deed are
       defined in the Master Trust Deed in relation to a Series Trust (as
       defined in the Master Trust Deed) and/or an Other Trust such words or
       phrases are to be construed in this Deed, where necessary, as being used
       only in relation to the Series Trust (as defined in this Deed) and/or the
       CBA Trust (as defined in the Series Supplement), as the context requires.

1.3    INTERPRETATION

       In this Deed unless the contrary intention appears:

       (a)    the expression "PERSON" includes an individual, a corporation and
              a Governmental Agency;

       (b)    the expression "OWING" includes amounts that are owing whether
              such amounts are liquidated or not or are contingent or presently
              accrued due and includes all rights sounding in damages only;

       (c)    the expression "POWER" in relation to a person includes all
              powers, authorities, rights, remedies, privileges and discretions
              conferred upon that person by the Transaction Documents, by any
              other deed, agreement, document, or instrument, by any Statute or
              otherwise by law;

       (d)    a reference to any person includes that person's executors,
              administrators, successors, substitutes and assigns, including any
              person taking by way of novation;

       (e)    subject to clause 1.7, a reference to this Deed, the Master Trust
              Deed or to any other deed, agreement, document or instrument
              includes respectively this Deed, the Master Trust Deed or such
              other deed, agreement, document or instrument as amended, novated,
              supplemented, varied or replaced from time to time;

       (f)    a reference to any Statute, other than the TIA, or to any section
              or provision of any Statute, other than any section or provision
              of the TIA, includes any statutory modification or re-enactment or
              any statutory provision substituted therefore and all ordinances,
              by-laws regulations and other statutory instruments issued
              thereunder;

                                                                               5

       (g)    a reference to a Related Body Corporate includes a corporation
              which is or becomes a Related Body Corporate during the currency
              of this Deed;

       (h)    words importing the singular include the plural (and vice versa)
              and words denoting a given gender include all other genders;

       (i)    headings are for convenience only and do not affect the
              interpretation of this Deed;

       (j)    a reference to a clause is a reference to a clause of this Deed;

       (k)    a reference to a Schedule is a reference to a Schedule to this
              Deed;

       (l)    where any word or phrase is given a defined meaning any other part
              of speech or other grammatical form in respect of such word or
              phrase has a corresponding meaning;

       (m)    all accounting terms used in this Deed have the same meaning
              ascribed to those terms under accounting principles and practices
              generally accepted in Australia from time to time;

       (n)    a reference to a party is a reference to a party to this Deed;

       (o)    a reference to time is a reference to New York time;

       (p)    a reference to any thing is a reference to the whole and each part
              of it and a reference to a group of persons is a reference to all
              of them collectively, to any two or more of them collectively and
              to each of them individually;

       (q)    if an act prescribed under this Deed to be done by a party on or
              by a given day is done after 5.30 pm on that day, it is to be
              taken to be done on the following day;

       (r)    where any day on which a payment is due to be made or a thing is
              due to be done under this Deed is not a Business Day, that payment
              must be made or that thing must be done on the immediately
              succeeding Business Day;

       (s)    a reference to "WILFUL DEFAULT" in relation to the Issuer, the
              Offered Note Trustee or the Manager means, subject to clause
              1.3(t), any wilful failure to comply with, or wilful breach by,
              the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee or the Manager (as the case
              may be) of any of its obligations under any Transaction Document,
              other than a failure or breach which:

              (i)    A.     arises as a result of a breach of a Transaction
                            Document by a person other than:

                            1)     the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee or the
                                   Manager (as the case may be); or

                            2)     any other person in referred to in clause
                                   1.3(t) in relation to the Issuer, the Offered
                                   Note Trustee or the Manager (as the case may
                                   be); and

                     B.     the performance of the action (the non-performance
                            of which gave rise to such breach) is a
                            pre-condition to the Issuer, the Offered Note
                            Trustee or the Manager (as the case may be)
                            performing the said obligation;

              (ii)   is in accordance with a lawful court order or direction or
                     required by law; or

                                                                               6

              (iii)  is:

                     A.     in accordance with any proper instruction or
                            direction of the Voting Secured Creditors given at a
                            meeting of Voting Secured Creditors convened
                            pursuant to the Security Trust Deed;

                     B.     in accordance with any proper instruction or
                            direction of a Majority (or a Special Majority) of
                            the Offered Noteholders given in accordance with
                            this Deed; or

                     C.     in accordance with any proper instruction or
                            direction of the Investors given at a meeting
                            convened under the Master Trust Deed (as amended by
                            the Series Supplement);

       (t)    a reference to the "FRAUD", "NEGLIGENCE", "WILFUL DEFAULT" or
              "BREACH OF TRUST" of the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee or the
              Manager means the fraud, negligence, wilful default or breach of
              trust of the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee or the Manager (as
              the case may be) and of its officers, employees, agents and any
              other person where the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee or the
              Manager (as the case may be) is liable for the acts or omissions
              of such other person under the terms of any Transaction Document;

       (u)    subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA and clause 21.2,
              each party will only be considered to have knowledge or awareness
              of, or notice of, a thing or grounds to believe anything by virtue
              of the officers of that party (or any Related Body Corporate of
              that party) which have the day to day responsibility for the
              administration or management of that party's (or a Related Body
              Corporate of that party's) obligations in relation to the Series
              Trust, the Offered Note Trust or this Deed, having actual
              knowledge, actual awareness or actual notice of that thing, or
              grounds or reason to believe that thing (and similar references
              will be interpreted in this way). In addition, notice, knowledge
              or awareness of an Event of Default, Potential Event of Default,
              Servicer Default, Perfection of Title Event, Trustee Default or
              Manager Default means notice, knowledge or awareness of the
              occurrence of the events or circumstances constituting an Event of
              Default, Potential Event of Default, Servicer Default, Perfection
              of Title Event, Trustee Default or Manager Default, as the case
              may be; and

       (v)    a reference to prospective liabilities includes, without
              limitation, the liabilities of the Issuer under the Transaction
              Documents.

1.4    ISSUER'S CAPACITY

       In this Deed, unless expressly specified otherwise:

       (a)    (REFERENCES TO ISSUER): a reference to the Issuer is a reference
              to the Issuer in its capacity as trustee of the Series Trust only,
              and in no other capacity; and

       (b)    (REFERENCES TO ASSETS OF ISSUER): a reference to the undertaking,
              assets, business or money of the Issuer is a reference to the
              undertaking, assets, business or money of the Issuer in the
              capacity referred to in paragraph (a).

1.5    BENEFIT OF COVENANTS UNDER THIS DEED

       Unless the context indicates a contrary intention, the Offered Note
       Trustee holds the covenants, undertakings and other obligations and
       liabilities of the Issuer and the Manager

                                                                               7

       under this Deed on trust for the benefit of the Offered Noteholders on
       the terms and conditions of this Deed.

1.6    OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL

       The obligations of the parties under this Deed are several.

1.7    INCORPORATED DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

       Where in this Deed a word or expression is defined by reference to its
       meaning in another Transaction Document or there is a reference to
       another Transaction Document or to a provision of another Transaction
       Document, any amendment to the meaning of that word or expression, to
       that Transaction Document or to that provision (as the case may be) will
       be of no effect for the purposes of this Deed unless and until the
       amendment:

       (a)    (NO PAYMENT MODIFICATION): if it does not effect a Payment
              Modification is either:

              (i)    if the Offered Note Trustee is of the opinion that the
                     amendment will not be materially prejudicial to the
                     interests of the Offered Noteholders, consented to by the
                     Offered Note Trustee; or

              (ii)   otherwise, approved by a Special Majority of the Offered
                     Noteholders; or

       (b)    (PAYMENT MODIFICATION): if the amendment does effect a Payment
              Modification, is consented to by each Offered Noteholder.

1.8    INTERPRETATION OF PROVISIONS INCORPORATED FROM TIA

       Where a provision of the TIA is incorporated into this Deed in accordance
       with the TIA (as described in clause 19.5) the following terms used in
       that provision have the following meanings in this Deed:

       "COMMISSION" has the meaning given to that term in clause 1.1.

       "DEFAULT" means an Event of Default.

       "INDENTURE SECURITIES" means the Offered Notes.

       "INDENTURE SECURITY HOLDER" means an Offered Noteholder.

       "INDENTURE TO BE QUALIFIED" means this Deed.

       "INDENTURE TRUSTEE" or "INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE" means the Offered Note
       Trustee.

       "OBLIGOR UPON THE INDENTURE SECURITIES" means the Issuer.

       Any other term, expression or provision which is used in this Deed in
       respect of a section or provision of the TIA and which is defined in the
       TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another Statute or defined by or
       in any rule of or issued by the Commission, will have the meaning
       assigned to it by such definitions. Any term or expression that is used
       in both:

       (a)    (TIA): a mandatory provision of the TIA; and

       (b)    (THIS DEED): a clause of this Deed that, on its face, appears to
              satisfy or reflect that mandatory provision of the TIA, will be
              construed and interpreted as a Federal court of the United States
              of America would construe and interpret the term or expression.

                                                                               8

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.     THE OFFERED NOTE TRUST

2.1    APPOINTMENT OF OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       The Offered Note Trustee is hereby appointed and agrees to act as trustee
       of the Offered Note Trust (with effect from the constitution of the
       Offered Note Trust) on the terms and conditions in this Deed.

2.2    DECLARATION OF OFFERED NOTE TRUST

       The Offered Note Trustee declares that it holds the Offered Trust Fund on
       trust for those persons who are Offered Noteholders from time to time.

2.3    DURATION OF OFFERED NOTE TRUST

       The Offered Note Trust commences on the date of this Deed and terminates
       on the first to occur of:

       (a)    (REDEMPTION OF OFFERED NOTES): the date 6 months after the Offered
              Note Trustee has been satisfied that all moneys owing by the
              Issuer or the Manager in respect of or in relation to the Offered
              Notes or this Deed have been duly paid;

       (b)    (CHARGE RELEASE DATE): the Charge Release Date; and

       (c)    (80TH ANNIVERSARY): the 80th anniversary of the date of this Deed.

2.4    BENEFIT OF OFFERED NOTE TRUST

       Each Offered Noteholder is entitled to the benefit of the Offered Note
       Trust on the terms and conditions contained in this Deed.

2.5    INTERESTED PERSONS BOUND

       The provisions of this Deed, the Offered Notes (including the Offered
       Note Conditions), the Master Trust Deed, the Series Supplement and the
       Security Trust Deed are binding upon every Interested Person.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.     AMOUNT, FORM AND ISSUE OF OFFERED NOTES

3.1    AGGREGATE AMOUNT AND DENOMINATION

       (a)    (CLASS A-1 NOTES): The aggregate principal amount of the Class A-1
              Notes will be the US$ amount specified as the aggregate principal
              amount of the Class A-1 Notes in the Underwriting Agreement and,
              in the case of the Class A-1 Definitive Notes, will be issued in
              minimum denominations of US$100,000 and integral multiples of
              US$10,000.

       (b)    (CLASS A-3 NOTES): The aggregate principal amount of the Class A-3
              Notes will be the (euro) amount specified as the aggregate
              principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes in the Underwriting
              Agreement and, in the case of the Class A-3 Definitive Notes, will
              be issued in minimum denominations of (euro)100,000 and integral
              multiples of (euro)10,000.

                                                                               9

3.2    DESCRIPTION AND FORM OF OFFERED NOTES

       (a)    (FORM OF OFFERED NOTES): The Offered Notes must be serially
              numbered and typewritten or printed (in the case of Offered
              Book-Entry Notes) or typewritten, printed, lithographed or
              engraved or produced by any combination of these methods and with
              or without steel borders (in the case of Offered Definitive Notes)
              in the form or substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1.

       (b)    (SIGNING OF OFFERED NOTES): Each Offered Note must be signed by an
              Authorised Officer or other duly appointed representative of the
              Issuer on behalf of the Issuer.

       (c)    (AUTHENTICATION OF OFFERED NOTES): Each Offered Note must be
              authenticated by an Authorised Officer or other duly appointed
              representative of the Offered Note Trustee on behalf of the
              Offered Note Trustee. No Offered Note will be valid for any
              purpose unless and until so authenticated.

       (d)    (DATING OF OFFERED NOTES): The Offered Notes must be dated the
              date of their authentication.

3.3    INITIAL ISSUE AS BOOK-ENTRY NOTES

       (a)    (ISSUE AS BOOK-ENTRY NOTES): The Offered Notes will upon issue be
              represented by book-entry notes and will be initially registered
              in accordance with clause 4:

              (i)    in the case of the Class A-1 Notes, in the name of Cede &
                     Co, as nominee of The Depository Trust Company as the
                     initial Depository in respect of the Class A-1 Notes; and

              (ii)   in the case of the Class A-3 Notes, in the name of a common
                     depository for Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme and the
                     Euroclear System as the initial Depository in respect of
                     the Class A-3 Notes.

       (b)    (DELIVERY OF OFFERED BOOK-ENTRY NOTES): The Issuer must on the
              Closing Date deliver or procure the delivery of the Offered
              Book-Entry Notes to the Principal Paying Agent as custodian for
              the applicable Depository.

       (c)    (RIGHTS ATTACHING TO OFFERED BOOK-ENTRY NOTES): An Offered
              Book-Entry Note executed and authenticated in accordance with
              clause 3.2 will constitute binding and valid obligations of the
              Issuer. Until an Offered Book-Entry Note has been exchanged
              pursuant to this Deed, it will in all respects be entitled to the
              same benefits as an Offered Definitive Note except as specifically
              provided to the contrary in this Deed or the provisions of that
              Offered Book-Entry Note.

       (d)    (EXCHANGE ETC.): Subject to this Deed, the procedures relating to
              the exchange, authentication, delivery, surrender, cancellation,
              presentation, marking up or down of an Offered Book-Entry Note and
              any other matters to be carried out by the relevant parties upon
              exchange of any Offered Book-Entry Note will be made in accordance
              with the provisions of the Offered Book-Entry Notes and the normal
              practice of the applicable Depository or such Depository's
              nominee, the applicable Offered Note Registrar and the rules and
              procedures of the applicable Depository from time to time.

       (e)    (DEALINGS WITH DEPOSITORY): Unless and until the Offered
              Definitive Notes have been issued to an Offered Note Owner
              pursuant to clause 3.4, the following provisions apply:

                                                                              10

              (i)    the Issuer, the Manager, each Agent and the Offered Note
                     Trustee will be entitled to deal with the applicable
                     Depository for all purposes whatsoever (including the
                     payment of principal of and interest on the Offered Notes
                     and the giving of instructions or directions under this
                     Deed) as the absolute holder of the Offered Notes and none
                     of the Issuer, the Manager, any Agent or the Offered Note
                     Trustee will be affected by notice to the contrary;

              (ii)   whenever a notice or other communication to the Offered
                     Noteholders is required under this Deed or any other
                     Transaction Document all such notices and communications
                     must be given to the applicable Depository and are not
                     required to be given to the Offered Note Owners;

              (iii)  the rights of Offered Note Owners may be exercised only
                     through the applicable Depository and are limited to those
                     established by law and agreements between such Offered Note
                     Owners and the applicable Depository and/or the Clearing
                     Agency Participants;

              (iv)   the Issuer, the Manager, each Agent and the Offered Note
                     Trustee may conclusively rely upon any statement from the
                     applicable Depository or any Clearing Agency Participant as
                     to the votes, instructions or directions it has received
                     from Offered Note Owners and/or Clearing Agency
                     Participants.

              To the extent that the provisions of this clause 3.3 conflict with
              any other provisions of this Deed, the provisions of this clause
              3.3 prevail.

3.4    ISSUE OF OFFERED DEFINITIVE NOTES

       (a)    (EVENTS LEADING TO EXCHANGE): If:

              (i)    a Depository advises the Offered Note Trustee in writing
                     that the Depository is no longer willing or able properly
                     to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the
                     relevant Offered Notes and the Manager is unable to locate
                     a qualified successor to act as Depository for the relevant
                     Offered Notes;

              (ii)   the Manager (at its option) advises the Issuer, the Offered
                     Note Trustee and the applicable Depository in writing that
                     Offered Definitive Notes are to be issued in replacement of
                     the relevant Offered Book Entry Notes; or

              (iii)  an Event of Default has occurred and is subsisting and the
                     Offered Note Owners representing beneficial interests
                     aggregating to at least a majority of the aggregate
                     Invested Amount of the Offered Notes advise the Issuer
                     through the applicable Depository in writing that the
                     continuation of a book entry system through the applicable
                     Depository is no longer in the best interests of the
                     Offered Note Owners,

              then the Issuer, on the direction of the Manager, must within 30
              days of such event instruct the applicable Depository to notify
              all of the appropriate Offered Note Owners of the occurrence of
              any such event and of the availability of Offered Definitive Notes
              to such Offered Note Owners requesting the same. The Offered Note
              Trustee must promptly advise the Issuer and the Manager upon the
              occurrence of an event referred to in clause 3.4(a)(i) and the
              Issuer must promptly advise the Offered Note Trustee and the
              Manager upon the occurrence of an event referred to in clause
              3.4(a)(iii).

                                                                              11

       (b)    (EXCHANGE FOR OFFERED DEFINITIVE NOTES): Upon the surrender of
              Offered Book-Entry Notes to the Issuer by the applicable
              Depository following an instruction of the Issuer pursuant to
              clause 3.4(a), and the delivery by that Depository of the relevant
              registration instructions to the Issuer, the Issuer must issue and
              execute and the Offered Note Trustee must authenticate and deliver
              Offered Definitive Notes of the same aggregate Invested Amount as
              those Offered Book-Entry Notes, replacing those Offered Book-Entry
              Notes, in accordance with clause 3.2 and the instructions of that
              Depository. None of the Offered Note Trustee, the Manager, the
              Issuer or any Agent will be liable for any delay in delivery of
              such instructions and each such person may conclusively rely on,
              and will be protected in relying on, such instructions.

       (c)    (NO OTHER ENTITLEMENT): No Offered Note Owner will be entitled to
              receive an Offered Definitive Note representing such Offered Note
              Owner's interest in an Offered Note, except as provided in this
              clause 3.4.

3.5    INDEMNITY FOR NON-ISSUE OF OFFERED DEFINITIVE NOTES

       If the Issuer is required to issue Offered Definitive Notes following an
       event specified in clause 3.4 but fails to do so within 30 days of
       delivery to the Issuer of the Offered Book-Entry Notes in accordance with
       clause 3.4 then the Issuer must, subject to clause 22, indemnify the
       Offered Note Trustee, the Offered Noteholders and Offered Note Owners,
       and keep them indemnified, against any loss or damage incurred by any of
       them if the amount received by the Offered Note Trustee, the Offered
       Noteholders or Offered Note Owners, respectively, is less than the amount
       that would have been received had Offered Definitive Notes been issued.
       If the Issuer breaches its obligations under clause 3.4, it is
       acknowledged and agreed that damages alone will not be an adequate remedy
       for such a breach and that, in addition to any other rights they may
       have, the Offered Note Trustee, the Offered Noteholders and the Offered
       Note Owners are entitled to sue the Issuer for specific performance,
       injunctive relief or other equitable relief to enforce the Issuer's
       obligations under clause 3.4.

3.6    AUTHENTICATION OF OFFERED NOTES

       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deed, the Offered Note
       Trustee shall not be required to authenticate any Offered Note unless it
       is directed to do so in writing by the Manager or the Issuer.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.     OFFERED NOTE REGISTERS

4.1    MAINTENANCE OF OFFERED NOTE REGISTRARS

       The Issuer must procure that each Offered Note Register is maintained,
       and that Offered Notes are transferred, exchanged, replaced, redeemed and
       cancelled, all in accordance with the provisions of the Offered Notes
       (including the Offered Note Conditions) and the Agency Agreement. If at
       any time for any reason there ceases to be a person performing the
       functions of either Offered Note Registrar under the Agency Agreement,
       the Issuer must act as the applicable Offered Note Registrar and perform
       all of the obligations of such Offered Note Registrar contained in the
       Agency Agreement.

4.2    PROVISION OF OFFERED NOTEHOLDER INFORMATION

       (a)    (PROVISION OF INFORMATION): The Issuer must provide or procure the
              provision to the Offered Note Trustee (if the Offered Note Trustee
              is not the applicable Offered Note Registrar) at intervals of not
              more than 6 months (commencing as from the Closing Date), and at
              such other times as the Offered Note Trustee may request in
              writing, all information in the possession or control of each
              Offered Note Registrar

                                                                              12

              as to the names and addresses of the applicable Offered
              Noteholders, provided that the Issuer will not have any
              obligations pursuant to this clause 4.2(a) while the Offered Notes
              are all Offered Book-Entry Notes.

       (b)    (OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE'S OBLIGATIONS): The Offered Note Trustee
              must preserve, in as current form as is reasonably practicable,
              the names and addresses of the Offered Noteholders provided to it
              pursuant to clause 4.2(a) or otherwise received by it in any
              capacity and must comply with its obligations pursuant to section
              312(b) of the TIA.

       (c)    (PROTECTION): The Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee and each
              Offered Note Registrar will have the protection of section 312(c)
              of the TIA in relation to the disclosure of information in
              accordance with this clause 4.2.

4.3    OFFERED NOTE REGISTERS CONCLUSIVE

       An Offered Note is not a certificate of title and the US Dollar Note
       Register is the only conclusive evidence of title to Class A-1 Notes and
       the Euro Note Register is the only conclusive evidence of title to Class
       A-3 Notes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.1    BY THE ISSUER

       The Issuer represents and warrants to the Offered Note Trustee that:

       (a)    (DUE INCORPORATION): it is duly incorporated and has the corporate
              power to own its property and to carry on its business as is now
              being conducted;

       (b)    (CONSTITUTION): the execution delivery and performance of this
              Deed does not violate its constitution;

       (c)    (CORPORATE POWER): it has the power and has taken all corporate
              and other action required to enter into this Deed and to authorise
              the execution and delivery of this Deed and the performance of its
              obligations under this Deed;

       (d)    (FILINGS): all corporate notices and all registrations with the
              Australian Securities and Investments Commission, the Commission
              or similar office in its jurisdiction of incorporation and in any
              other jurisdiction required to be filed or effected, as
              applicable, by it in connection with the execution, delivery and
              performance of this Deed have been filed or effected, as
              applicable, and all such filings and registrations are current,
              complete and accurate;

       (e)    (LEGALLY BINDING OBLIGATION): its obligations under this Deed are
              valid, legally binding and enforceable obligations in accordance
              with the terms of this Deed except as such enforceability may be
              limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganisation,
              moratorium or trust or general principles of equity or other
              similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally;

       (f)    (EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND PERFORMANCE): its execution, delivery and
              performance of this Deed does not violate any existing law or
              regulation in any applicable jurisdiction or any document or
              agreement to which it is a party or which is binding upon it or
              any of its assets;

       (g)    (AUTHORISATION): all consents, licences, approvals and
              authorisations of every Governmental Agency required to be
              obtained by it in connection with the

                                                                              13

              execution, delivery and performance of this Deed in its personal
              capacity have been obtained and are valid and subsisting;

       (h)    (SERIES TRUST VALIDLY CREATED): the Series Trust has been validly
              created and is in existence at the date of this Deed;

       (i)    (SOLE TRUSTEE): it has been validly appointed as trustee of the
              Series Trust and is presently the sole trustee of the Series
              Trust;

       (j)    (MASTER TRUST DEED AND THE SERIES SUPPLEMENT): the Series Trust is
              solely constituted by the Master Trust Deed and the Series
              Supplement;

       (k)    (NO PROCEEDINGS TO REMOVE): it has received no notice and to its
              knowledge no resolution has been passed or direction or notice has
              been given, removing it as trustee of the Series Trust; and

       (l)    (NO BREACH): it is not in breach of any material provision of the
              Master Trust Deed or the Series Supplement.

5.2    BY THE MANAGER

       The Manager represents and warrants to the Offered Note Trustee that:

       (a)    (DUE INCORPORATION): it is duly incorporated and has the corporate
              power to own its property and to carry on its business as is now
              being conducted;

       (b)    (CONSTITUTION): its execution, delivery and performance of this
              Deed does not violate its constitution;

       (c)    (CORPORATE POWER): it has the power and has taken all corporate
              and other action required to enter into this Deed and to authorise
              the execution and delivery of this Deed and the performance of its
              obligations under this Deed;

       (d)    (FILINGS): it has filed all corporate notices and effected all
              registrations with the Australian Securities and Investments
              Commission, the Commission or similar office in its jurisdiction
              of incorporation and in any other jurisdiction as required by law
              and all such filings and registrations are current, complete and
              accurate;

       (e)    (LEGALLY BINDING OBLIGATION): its obligations under this Deed are
              valid, legally binding and enforceable obligations in accordance
              with the terms of this Deed except as such enforceability may be
              limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, re-organisation,
              moratorium or trust or general principles of equity or other
              similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally;

       (f)    (EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND PERFORMANCE): its execution, delivery and
              performance of this Deed does not violate any existing law or
              regulation in any applicable jurisdiction or any document or
              agreement to which it is a party or which is binding upon it or
              any of its assets;

       (g)    (AUTHORISATION): all consents, licences, approvals and
              authorisations of every Governmental Agency required to be
              obtained by the Manager in connection with the execution, delivery
              and performance of this Deed have been obtained and are valid and
              subsisting;

       (h)    (INVESTMENT COMPANY): the Series Trust is not, and, if all the
              parties to the Transaction Documents perform their obligations
              under the Transaction

                                                                              14

              Documents, will not become, an "investment company" as that term
              is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 of the United
              States of America; and

       (i)    (COMPLIANCE WITH TIA): this Deed has been duly qualified under the
              TIA.

5.3    BY THE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       The Offered Note Trustee represents and warrants to the Issuer and the
       Manager that:

       (a)    (DUE INCORPORATION): it is duly incorporated and has the corporate
              power to own its property and to carry on its business as is now
              being conducted;

       (b)    (CONSTITUTION): its execution, delivery and performance of this
              Deed does not violate its constitution;

       (c)    (CORPORATE POWER): it has the power and has taken all corporate
              and other action required to enter into this Deed and to authorise
              the execution and delivery of this Deed and the performance of its
              obligations under this Deed;

       (d)    (FILINGS): it has filed all corporate notices and effected all
              registrations with the Commission or similar office in its
              jurisdiction of incorporation and in any other jurisdiction as
              required by law and all such filings and registrations are
              current, complete and accurate;

       (e)    (LEGALLY BINDING OBLIGATION): its obligations under this Deed are
              valid, legally binding and enforceable obligations in accordance
              with the terms of this Deed except as such enforceability may be
              limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, re-organisation,
              moratorium or trust or general principles of equity or other
              similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally;

       (f)    (EXECUTION, DELIVERY AND PERFORMANCE): its execution, delivery and
              performance of this Deed does not violate any existing law or
              regulation in any applicable jurisdiction or any document or
              agreement to which it is a party or which is binding upon it or
              any of its assets;

       (g)    (AUTHORISATION): all consents, licences, approvals, authorisations
              of and filings with every Governmental Agency required to be
              obtained or made by the Offered Note Trustee in connection with
              the execution, delivery and performance of this Deed have been
              obtained or made and are valid and subsisting; and

       (h)    (ELIGIBLE TRUST CORPORATION): it is an Eligible Trust Corporation.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.     COVENANTS BY ISSUER AND MANAGER

6.1    COVENANT TO PAY

       (a)    (COVENANT TO PAY): Subject to and in accordance with the
              provisions of this Deed, the Series Supplement and the Offered
              Notes (including, without limitation, clauses 6.1(b) and 22 and
              Condition 12 of the Offered Note Conditions), the Issuer covenants
              in favour of the Offered Note Trustee that it will duly and
              punctually repay the principal of and pay interest and all other
              amounts owing in relation to the Offered Notes to, or to the order
              of, the Offered Note Trustee in immediately available funds in US
              dollars (in the case of the Class A-1 Notes) and Euro (in the case
              of the Class A-3 Notes) as and when the same fall due for
              repayment or payment.

                                                                              15

       (b)    (SATISFACTION OF COVENANT): Subject to clause 6.1(b) of the Agency
              Agreement, every payment by or at the direction of the Issuer to
              the Principal Paying Agent or the Currency Swap Provider made in
              accordance with the Agency Agreement on account of an amount owing
              in relation to the Offered Notes will operate as payment by the
              Issuer to the Offered Note Trustee in satisfaction of the Issuer's
              obligations under clause 6.1(a).

6.2    COVENANT OF COMPLIANCE

       (a)    (OFFERED NOTES): The Issuer and the Manager each severally
              covenants in favour of the Offered Note Trustee that it will
              comply with all of its obligations under the Offered Notes (as if
              the provisions of the Offered Notes, including the Offered Note
              Conditions, were set out in full in this Deed).

       (b)    (TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS): The Issuer and the Manager each severally
              covenants in favour of the Offered Note Trustee that it will:

              (i)    comply with, perform and observe all of its material
                     obligations under all the other Transaction Documents to
                     which it is a party; and

              (ii)   use reasonable endeavours to procure that each other party
                     to a Transaction Document (other than the Offered Note
                     Trustee) to which it is a party complies with its material
                     obligations under that Transaction Document.

6.3    OTHER COVENANTS

       The Issuer and the Manager each severally covenants in favour of the
       Offered Note Trustee that so long as any Offered Notes remain
       outstanding, and unless the Offered Note Trustee agrees otherwise in
       accordance with this Deed, it will:

       (a)    (ASSISTANCE TO OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE): provide to the Offered Note
              Trustee, as the Offered Note Trustee may reasonably require to
              enable the Offered Note Trustee to perform its duties and
              functions under this Deed, such information, copies of any
              accounting records and other documents, statements and reports
              required to be maintained by, or that are otherwise in the
              possession of, the Issuer or the Manager, as the case may be, or
              which it is entitled to obtain from any person and execute such
              documents and do such things, which the Issuer has the power to do
              under the Master Trust Deed and Series Supplement, as may be
              necessary, in the reasonable opinion of the Offered Note Trustee,
              to give effect to this Deed or any other Transaction Document to
              which the Offered Note Trustee is a party;

       (b)    (NOTIFY EVENTS OF DEFAULT ETC.): promptly notify the Offered Note
              Trustee upon becoming aware of the occurrence of an Event of
              Default, Potential Event of Default, Servicer Default, Perfection
              of Title Event, Trustee Default, Manager Default or Potential
              Termination Event and provide the Offered Note Trustee with
              details of such occurrence;

       (c)    (CERTIFICATE AS TO COMPLIANCE): provide to the Offered Note
              Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
              Series Trust (commencing on the fiscal year ending in June 30,
              2006):

              (i)    in accordance with section 314(a)(4) of the TIA, a brief
                     certificate from its principal executive officer, principal
                     financial officer or principal accounting officer as to his
                     or her knowledge of the activities of the Issuer and the
                     Manager in respect of the Series Trust during that year and
                     of the Issuer's or the Manager's, as the case may be,
                     compliance with all

                                                                              16

                     conditions, covenants and other provisions under this Deed
                     (including under clause 6.2(b) and determined without
                     regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice
                     under this Deed or any other Transaction Document) and
                     giving reasonable details about any non-compliance; and

              (ii)   a certificate (which may be part of the certificate
                     referred to in clause 6.3(c)(i)) from an Authorised Officer
                     of the Issuer and from an Authorised Officer of the
                     Manager, as the case may be, stating whether to the best of
                     his or her knowledge in the period since the date of
                     execution of this Deed (in the case of the first such
                     certificate) based on a review of the activities referred
                     to in clause 6.3(c)(i) or since the provision of the most
                     recent certificate under this clause 6.3(c)(ii) (in the
                     case of any other such certificate), an Event of Default,
                     Potential Event of Default, Perfection of Title Event,
                     Servicer Default, Manager Default or Trustee Default has
                     occurred and, if any such event has occurred, giving
                     reasonable details of that event;

       (d)    (LISTING): in the case of the Manager only, procure that the
              Offered Notes are listed on the Daily Official List of the Irish
              Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Irish Stock
              Exchange upon issue and use reasonable endeavours to maintain that
              listing and admission to trading (including by using reasonable
              endeavours to ensure compliance by the Issuer with the continuing
              obligations of the Issuer by virtue of the listing of the Offered
              Notes on the Daily Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange)
              provided that if having used reasonable endeavours it is unable to
              maintain such listing and admission to trading, or if the
              maintenance of such listing and admission to trading is unduly
              onerous, it must:

              (i)    use reasonable endeavours to obtain and maintain a
                     quotation or listing on another stock exchange or
                     securities market (as nominated by the Manager with the
                     prior written approval of the Offered Note Trustee, which
                     approval must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, or
                     if the Manager fails to make such a nomination, as
                     nominated by the Offered Note Trustee) in lieu of the
                     listing on the Daily Official List of the Irish Stock
                     Exchange; and

              (ii)   effect such amendments to this Deed, in accordance with
                     clause 15, as are necessary, or as the Offered Note Trustee
                     may reasonably require, in order to comply with the
                     requirements of any such stock exchange or securities
                     market;

       (e)    (FURNISH INFORMATION TO EXCHANGE): in the case of the Manager
              only, without limiting clause 6.3(d), provide or procure that
              there is provided to any stock exchange or securities market upon
              which the Offered Notes are listed or quoted all information
              required to be so provided as a requirement of such listing or
              quotation;

       (f)    (COPY NOTICES TO OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS): provide, or procure that
              there is provided, to the Offered Note Trustee a copy of each
              notice given to Offered Noteholders by the Issuer (at the same
              time as such notice is given);

       (g)    (AUDITOR'S REPORT): in the case of the Manager only, provide, or
              procure that there is provided, to the Offered Note Trustee,
              within 10 Business Days of the date of its issue, a copy of each
              report issued by the Auditor pursuant to clauses 21.9 and 22.3 of
              the Master Trust Deed;

       (h)    (ACCESS TO RECORDS): allow the Offered Note Trustee, and any
              person appointed by the Offered Note Trustee to whom it has no
              reasonable objection, access at all times

                                                                              17

              during normal business hours, upon reasonable notice, to the
              accounting records of the Series Trust held by it or in its
              control;

       (i)    (OPINION AS TO FILING): procure that there is provided to the
              Offered Note Trustee in accordance with section 314(b) of the TIA:

              (i)    on the Closing Date, Counsel's Opinion either stating that
                     the Security Trust Deed has been properly recorded and
                     filed so as to make effective the Security Interest
                     intended to be created by the Security Trust Deed, and
                     reciting the details of such action, or stating that no
                     such action is necessary to make such Security Interest
                     effective; and

              (ii)   within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
                     Series Trust (commencing on the fiscal year ending in June
                     30, 2006), Counsel's Opinion either stating that such
                     action has been taken with respect to the recording,
                     filing, re-recording and re-filing of the Security Trust
                     Deed as is necessary to maintain the Security Interest
                     created by the Security Trust Deed and reciting the details
                     of such action or stating that no such action is necessary
                     to maintain such Security Interest;

       (j)    (CHANGE OF MANAGER): in the case of the Issuer only, promptly
              notify the Offered Note Trustee of any retirement or replacement
              of the Manager pursuant to clause 20 of the Master Trust Deed and
              of the appointment of a Substitute Manager;

       (k)    (TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS): in the case of the Manager only, provide
              to the Offered Note Trustee, on or prior to the Issue Date in
              respect of the Offered Notes, one copy of each Transaction
              Document as at that Issue Date (other than any Transaction
              Document to which the Offered Note Trustee is a party) and provide
              to the Offered Note Trustee a copy of each Transaction Document
              executed after the Issue Date (other than any Transaction Document
              to which the Offered Note Trustee is a party) promptly after its
              execution; and

       (l)    (PAYING AGENTS TRUST): ensure that each Paying Agent agrees, as a
              term of its appointment, to hold in trust for the benefit of
              Offered Noteholders or the Offered Note Trustee all sums held by
              such Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of or interest
              on the Offered Notes and to promptly give to the Offered Note
              Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (without regard to any
              grace period) in the making of any such payment.

6.4    COVENANTS BETWEEN ISSUER AND MANAGER

       (a)    (OBLIGATIONS OF MANAGER): Without limiting any other obligations
              of the Manager pursuant to any Transaction Document, the Manager
              covenants in favour of the Issuer to prepare and submit to the
              Issuer all documents required to be filed with or submitted to the
              Commission or the Irish Stock Exchange by the Issuer in relation
              to the Offered Notes, the Series Trust or this Deed at least,
              where possible, 5 Business Days before such filing or submission
              is required and to take such other actions as may reasonably be
              taken by the Manager to perform or ensure the performance by the
              Issuer of its obligations under the TIA, the Exchange Act or the
              listing rules of the Irish Stock Exchange in relation to the
              Offered Notes, the Series Trust or this Deed. No breach by the
              Issuer of any obligation under the TIA, the Exchange Act, the
              listing rules of the Irish Stock Exchange or this Deed will be
              considered to be fraudulent, negligent or wilful default for the
              purposes of clause 22.3 to the extent that it results from a
              breach by the Manager of this clause 6.4(a).

       (b)    (OBLIGATION OF ISSUER): Subject to compliance by the Manager with
              clause 6.4(a), the Issuer covenants in favour of the Manager to
              sign all documents and do all

                                                                              18

              things reasonably requested by the Manager in relation to the
              compliance by the Issuer or the Manager of its obligations under
              the TIA or the Exchange Act in relation to the Offered Notes, the
              Series Trust or this Deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.     ENFORCEMENT

7.1    NOTICE FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT OR POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT

       If an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is
       known to the Offered Note Trustee, the Offered Note Trustee must:

       (a)    (NOTIFY OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS): notify each Offered Noteholder and
              such other persons as are specified in Section 313(c) of the TIA
              of the Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, as the case
              may be, within 10 days, or such shorter period as may be required
              by the rules of any stock exchange on which the Offered Notes are
              listed, after becoming aware of the Event of Default, or Potential
              Event of Default provided that except in the case of a default in
              payment of principal or interest on any Offered Note, the Offered
              Note Trustee may withhold such notice if and so long as the board
              of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of its
              directors and/or Authorised Officers in good faith determine that
              withholding the notice is in the interest of Offered Noteholders;

       (b)    (DETERMINE WHETHER TO SEEK DIRECTIONS): if a meeting of Voting
              Secured Creditors is to be held under the Security Trust Deed,
              determine whether it proposes to seek directions from Offered
              Noteholders as to how to vote at that meeting and, if so, whether
              it proposes to instruct the Security Trustee to delay the holding
              of that meeting while it obtains such directions from the Offered
              Noteholders; and

       (c)    (VOTE AT MEETING OF SECURED CREDITORS): subject to clause 7.2,
              vote at any meeting of Voting Secured Creditors held under the
              Security Trust Deed in accordance with clause 9.8.

7.2    RESTRICTIONS ON ENFORCEMENT

       (a)    (OFFERED NOTES OUTSTANDING): If any of the Offered Notes remain
              outstanding and are due and payable otherwise than by reason of a
              default in payment of any amount due on the Offered Notes, the
              Offered Note Trustee must not vote at a meeting of Voting Secured
              Creditors under the Security Trust Deed, or otherwise direct the
              Security Trustee, to dispose of the Charged Property unless:

              (i)    a sufficient amount would be realised to discharge in full
                     all amounts owing to the Offered Noteholders in respect of
                     the Offered Notes and any other amounts owing by the Issuer
                     to any other person ranking in priority to or equally with
                     the Offered Noteholders;

              (ii)   the Offered Note Trustee is of the opinion, reached after
                     considering at any time and from time to time the advice of
                     an investment bank or other financial adviser selected by
                     the Offered Note Trustee, that the cash flow receivable by
                     the Issuer (or the Security Trustee under the Security
                     Trust Deed) will not (or that there is a significant risk
                     that it will not) be sufficient, having regard to any other
                     relevant actual, contingent or prospective liabilities of
                     the Issuer, to discharge in full in due course all the
                     amounts referred to in clause 7.2(a)(i); or

              (iii)  the Offered Note Trustee is so directed by a Special
                     Majority of Offered Noteholders.

                                                                              19

       (b)    (LIABILITY FOR ENFORCEMENT): Subject to clauses 8.3, 9.3 and 9.5
              and the mandatory provisions of the TIA, the Offered Note Trustee
              will not be liable for any decline in the value, nor any loss
              realised upon any sale or other dispositions made under the
              Security Trust Deed, of any Charged Property. Without limiting the
              foregoing, the Offered Note Trustee will not be liable for any
              such decline or loss directly or indirectly arising from its
              acting, or failing to act, as a consequence of an opinion reached
              by it in good faith based on advice received by it in accordance
              with clause 7.2(a).

7.3    OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE

       The Offered Note Trustee has the power, subject to clause 22:

       (a)    (ENFORCE FOLLOWING DEFAULT): in the event of a default in
              repayment of the principal or payment of interest by the Issuer in
              respect of any Offered Note when and as the same shall become due
              and payable, which default has continued for a period of 10 days,
              to recover judgment, in its own name and as trustee of the Offered
              Note Trust, against the Issuer upon the Offered Notes for the
              whole amount of such principal and interest remaining unpaid;

       (b)    (FILE PROOFS): to file such proofs of claim and other payments or
              documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
              claims of the Offered Note Trustee and the Offered Noteholders
              allowed in any judicial proceedings in relation to the Issuer upon
              the Offered Notes, the Creditors in relation to the Series Trust
              or the Assets of the Series Trust;

       (c)    (COLLECT MONEYS): to collect and receive any moneys or other
              property payable or deliverable on any of those claims and to
              distribute those moneys; and

       (d)    (ENFORCE RIGHTS): if an Event of Default occurs and is subsisting,
              to proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the
              Offered Noteholders by such appropriate judicial proceedings as
              the Offered Note Trustee deems most effectual to protect and
              enforce any such rights, whether for the performance of any
              provision of this Deed or in aid of the exercise of any power
              under this Deed or to enforce any other proper remedy,

       but nothing in this clause 7.3 is to be construed as requiring the
       Offered Note Trustee to take any such action unless it has been directed
       to do so by a Special Majority of the Offered Noteholders and has been
       indemnified or put in funds to its satisfaction by the Offered
       Noteholders against any liability that it may incur as a result of taking
       such action. If the Offered Note Trustee takes any action to enforce any
       of the provisions of the Offered Notes proof that as regards any Offered
       Note the Issuer has not paid any principal or interest due in respect of
       that Offered Note will (unless the contrary is proved) be sufficient
       evidence that the Issuer has not paid that principal or interest on all
       other Offered Notes in respect of which the relevant payment is then due.

7.4    OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE ALONE MAY ENFORCE

       Subject to clause 19.4 and the mandatory provisions of the TIA, only the
       Offered Note Trustee may enforce, or direct the Security Trustee to
       enforce, the obligations of the Issuer or the Manager to the Offered
       Noteholders under the Offered Notes, this Deed or any other Transaction
       Document. No Offered Noteholder is entitled to proceed directly against
       the Issuer or the Manager in respect of the Offered Notes, this Deed or
       any other Transaction Document.

                                                                              20

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.     OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE'S POWERS, PROTECTIONS ETC.

8.1    OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE'S ADDITIONAL POWERS, PROTECTIONS, ETC.

       By way of supplement to any Statute regulating the Offered Note Trust and
       in addition to the powers, rights and protections which may from time to
       time be vested in or available to the Offered Note Trustee by the general
       law it is expressly declared, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
       this Deed (subject only to clauses 8.3, 9.3 and 9.5 and the mandatory
       provisions of the TIA) as follows.

       (a)    (LIABILITY TO ACCOUNT): The Offered Note Trustee is under no
              obligation to account to any Interested Person for any moneys
              received pursuant to this Deed or any other Transaction Document
              other than those received by the Offered Note Trustee from the
              Issuer or received or recovered by the Offered Note Trustee under
              this Deed or any other Transaction Document, subject always to
              such deductions and withholdings by the Offered Note Trustee as
              are authorised by this Deed. Obligations of the Offered Note
              Trustee to any Interested Person or any other person under or in
              connection with this Deed can only be enforced against the Offered
              Note Trustee to the extent to which they can be satisfied out of
              such moneys in accordance with this Deed.

       (b)    (OFFERED NOTES): The Offered Note Trustee is not responsible for
              the receipt or application of the proceeds of issue of any of the
              Offered Notes or (except when acting as the applicable Offered
              Note Registrar and to the extent specifically provided in this
              Deed or the Agency Agreement) for the exchange, transfer or
              cancellation of any Offered Note.

       (c)    (ACT ON PROFESSIONAL ADVICE): Subject to clause 9.2(b), the
              Offered Note Trustee may act on the opinion or advice of, or
              information obtained from, any lawyer, valuer, banker, broker,
              accountant or other expert appointed by the Offered Note Trustee,
              or by a person other than Offered Note Trustee, where that
              opinion, advice or information is addressed to the Offered Note
              Trustee or by its terms is expressed to be capable of being relied
              upon by the Offered Note Trustee. Subject to clause 9.2(b), the
              Offered Note Trustee will not be responsible to any Interested
              Person for any loss occasioned by so acting and in reliance on
              such advice. Any such opinion, advice or information may be sent
              or obtained by letter, telex or facsimile transmission and the
              Offered Note Trustee will not be liable to any Interested Person
              for acting on any opinion, advice or information conforming with
              any applicable requirements of this Deed or the TIA and purporting
              to be conveyed by such means even though it contains some error
              which is not a manifest error or is not authentic.

       (d)    (NO ENQUIRY): Unless specifically required under this Deed, the
              Offered Note Trustee is not bound to give notice to any person of
              the execution of this Deed or to take any steps to ascertain
              whether there has occurred any Event of Default, Potential Event
              of Default, Perfection of Title Event, Servicer Default, Manager
              Default or Trustee Default or event which, with the giving of
              notice or the lapse of time would constitute a Perfection of Title
              Event, Servicer Default, Manager Default or Trustee Default or to
              keep itself informed about the circumstances of the Issuer or the
              Manager and, until it has actual knowledge or express notice to
              the contrary, the Offered Note Trustee may assume that no Event of
              Default, Potential Event of Default, Perfection of Title Event,
              Servicer Default, Manager Default or Trustee Default has occurred
              and that the Issuer, the Manager and each other party to the
              Transaction Documents (other than the Offered Note Trustee) are
              observing and performing all the obligations on their part
              contained in the Transaction Documents and need not inquire
              whether that is, in fact, the case (but nothing in this

                                                                              21

              clause 8.1(d) is to be construed as limiting the Offered Note
              Trustee's right to make such inquiries, in its discretion, and to
              exercise its powers under this Deed so to do).

       (e)    (ACTS PURSUANT TO DIRECTIONS): The Offered Note Trustee will not
              be responsible for having acted in good faith upon a direction
              given or purporting to have been given by a Majority of the
              Offered Noteholders even though it may subsequently be found that
              for any reason such direction was not valid or binding upon the
              Offered Note Trustee. However, for the purposes of determining
              whether a Majority of Offered Noteholders have given a direction
              which the Offered Note Trustee may rely upon in accordance with
              this clause, Offered Notes which the Offered Note Trustee knows
              are owned by the Issuer or the Manager or by any person directly
              or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
              indirect common control with the Issuer or the Manager, shall be
              disregarded.

       (f)    (RELIANCE): Subject to clause 9.2(b), the Offered Note Trustee is,
              for any purpose and at any time, entitled to rely on, act upon,
              accept and regard as conclusive and sufficient (without being in
              any way bound to call for further evidence or information or being
              responsible for any loss that may be occasioned by such reliance,
              acceptance or regard) any of the following:

              (i)    any information, report, balance sheet, profit and loss
                     account, certificate or statement supplied by the Issuer,
                     the Security Trustee or the Manager or by any officer,
                     auditor or solicitor of the Issuer, the Security Trustee or
                     the Manager;

              (ii)   any information or statement provided to it in relation to
                     the Offered Notes, the Offered Noteholders or the Offered
                     Note Owners by the applicable Depository or its nominee;

              (iii)  all statements (including statements made or given to the
                     best of the maker's knowledge and belief or similarly
                     qualified) contained in any information, report, balance
                     sheet, profit and loss account, certificate or statement
                     given pursuant to or in relation to this Deed, the Security
                     Trust Deed, the Master Trust Deed or the Series Supplement;

              (iv)   all accounts supplied to the Offered Note Trustee pursuant
                     to this Deed and all reports of the Auditor supplied to the
                     Offered Note Trustee pursuant to this Deed; and

              (v)    notices and other information supplied to the Offered Note
                     Trustee under this Deed,

              save, in each case, when it is actually aware that the information
              supplied pursuant to subclauses (i) to (v) is incorrect or
              incomplete.

       (g)    (DIRECTOR'S CERTIFICATES): Subject to clause 9.2(b), the Offered
              Note Trustee may call for and may accept as sufficient evidence of
              any fact or matter or of the expediency of any dealing,
              transaction, step or thing a certificate signed by any two
              directors or Authorised Officers of the Issuer or the Manager as
              to any fact or matter upon which the Offered Note Trustee may, in
              the exercise of any of its duties, powers, authorities and
              discretions under this Deed, require to be satisfied or to have
              information to the effect that in the opinion of the person or
              persons so certifying any particular dealing, transaction, step or
              thing is expedient and the Offered Note Trustee will not be bound
              to call for further evidence and will not be responsible for any
              loss that may be occasioned by acting on any such certificate (but
              nothing in this clause 8.1(g) is to be construed as either
              limiting the Offered Note Trustee's right to call for such
              evidence, in its discretion, and to exercise its

                                                                              22

              powers under this Deed so to do or permitting the Offered Note
              Trustee to rely on evidence of compliance with conditions
              precedent where such reliance is not permitted by section 314 of
              the TIA).

       (h)    (SIGNATURES): The Offered Note Trustee may rely in good faith on
              the validity of any signature on any Offered Note, transfer, form
              of application or other instrument or document unless the Offered
              Note Trustee has reason to believe that the signature is not
              genuine. The Offered Note Trustee is not liable to make good out
              of its own funds any loss incurred by any person if a signature is
              forged or otherwise fails to bind the person whose signature it
              purports to be or on whose behalf it purports to be made.

       (i)    (CUSTODY OF DOCUMENTS): The Offered Note Trustee may hold or
              deposit this Deed and any deed or documents relating to this Deed
              or to the Transaction Documents in any part of the world, other
              than the Commonwealth of Australia, and with any banker or banking
              company or entity whose business includes undertaking the safe
              custody of deeds or documents or with any lawyer or firm of
              lawyers reasonably believed by it to be of good repute and the
              Offered Note Trustee will not be responsible for any loss incurred
              in connection with any such holding or deposit and may pay all
              sums to be paid on account of or in respect of any such deposit.

       (j)    (DISCRETION): The Offered Note Trustee, as regards all the powers,
              trusts, authorities and discretions vested in it pursuant to this
              Deed, any other Transaction Document or otherwise, has, subject to
              any express provision to the contrary contained in this Deed or
              any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, absolute
              and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise of such powers,
              authorities, trusts and discretions and will be in no way
              responsible to any Interested Person or any other person for any
              loss, costs, damages, expenses or inconvenience which may result
              from the exercise or non-exercise of such powers, authorities,
              trusts and discretions. Without limiting the foregoing, any
              consent or approval given by the Offered Note Trustee for the
              purposes of this Deed or any other Transaction Document may be
              given on such terms and subject to such conditions (if any) as the
              Offered Note Trustee thinks fit and, notwithstanding anything to
              the contrary in this Deed, may be given retrospectively.

       (k)    (EMPLOY AGENTS): Wherever it considers it expedient in the
              interests of the Offered Noteholders, the Offered Note Trustee
              may, instead of acting personally, employ and pay an agent
              selected by it, whether or not a lawyer or other professional
              person, to transact or conduct, or concur in transacting or
              conducting any business and to do or concur in doing all acts
              required to be done by the Offered Note Trustee (including the
              receipt and payment of money under this Deed). The Offered Note
              Trustee will not be responsible to any Interested Person for any
              misconduct, or default on the part of any such person appointed by
              it under this Deed or be bound to supervise the proceedings or
              acts of any such person, provided that the Offered Note Trustee
              has exercised good faith and due care in such appointment and that
              any such person will be a person who is in the opinion of the
              Offered Note Trustee appropriately qualified to do any such
              things. Any such agent being a lawyer, banker, broker or other
              person engaged in any profession or business will be entitled to
              charge and be paid all usual professional and other charges for
              business transacted and acts done by him or her or any partner of
              his or her or by his or her firm in connection with this Deed and
              also his or her reasonable charges in addition to disbursements
              for all other work and business done and all time spent by him or
              her or his or her partners or firm on matters arising in
              connection with this Deed including matters which might or should
              have been attended to in person by a trustee not being a lawyer,
              banker, broker or other professional person.

                                                                              23

       (l)    (DELEGATION): Subject to clause 8.5, the Offered Note Trustee may
              whenever it thinks it expedient in the interests of Offered
              Noteholders, delegate to any person or fluctuating body of persons
              selected by it all or any of the duties, powers, authorities,
              trusts and discretions vested in the Offered Note Trustee by this
              Deed provided that, except as provided in any Transaction
              Documents, the Offered Note Trustee may not delegate to such third
              parties any material part of its powers, duties or obligations as
              Offered Note Trustee (provided that following the occurrence of an
              Event of Default the Offered Note Trustee may delegate any of its
              powers, duties and obligations to be exercised or performed in
              Australia). Any such delegation may be by power of attorney or in
              such other manner as the Offered Note Trustee may think fit and
              may be made upon such terms and conditions (including power to
              sub-delegate) and subject to such regulations as the Offered Note
              Trustee may think fit. Provided that the Offered Note Trustee has
              exercised good faith and due care in the selection of such
              delegate, and subject to clause 8.6, it will not be under any
              obligation to any Interested Person to supervise the proceedings
              or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of
              any misconduct or default on the part of any such delegate or
              sub-delegate.

       (m)    (APPLY TO COURT): The Offered Note Trustee may, whenever it thinks
              it expedient in the interests of the Offered Noteholders, apply to
              any court for directions in relation to any question of law or
              fact arising either before or after an Event of Default and assent
              to or approve any applications of any Offered Noteholder, the
              Issuer or the Manager.

       (n)    (DISCLOSURE): Subject to this Deed, any applicable laws and any
              duty of confidentiality owed by any Interested Person to any other
              person, the Offered Note Trustee may, for the purpose of meeting
              its obligations under this Deed, disclose to any Offered
              Noteholder any confidential, financial or other information made
              available to the Offered Note Trustee by an Interested Person or
              any other person in connection with this Deed.

       (o)    (DETERMINATION): The Offered Note Trustee, as between itself and
              the Offered Noteholders, has full power to determine (acting
              reasonably and in good faith) all questions and doubts arising in
              relation to any of the provisions of this Deed and every such
              determination, whether made upon such a question actually raised
              or implied in the acts or proceedings of the Offered Note Trustee,
              will be conclusive and will bind the Offered Note Trustee and the
              Offered Noteholders.

       (p)    (INTERESTS OF OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS): In connection with the
              exercise by it of any of its trusts, powers, authorities and
              discretions under this Deed or any other Transaction Document
              (including, without limitation, any modification, waiver,
              authorisation or determination), the Offered Note Trustee must
              where it is required to have regard to the interests of the
              Offered Noteholders, have regard to the general interests of the
              Offered Noteholders as a class. The Offered Note Trustee will not
              incur any liability to any Offered Noteholder as a result of the
              Offered Note Trustee giving effect to this clause 8.1(p).

       (q)    (ASSUMPTION AS TO PREJUDICE): The Offered Note Trustee is entitled
              to assume, for the purposes of exercising any power, trust,
              authority, duty or discretion under or in relation to the Offered
              Notes, this Deed or any other Transaction Document, that such
              exercise will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of
              the Offered Noteholders if each of the Rating Agencies has
              confirmed in writing that such exercise will not result in the
              reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the credit rating then
              assigned by it to the Offered Notes (but nothing in this clause is
              to be construed as requiring the Offered Note Trustee to obtain
              such confirmation).

                                                                              24

       (r)    (VALIDITY OF TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS): The Offered Note Trustee is
              not responsible for the execution, delivery, legality,
              effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity, performance,
              enforceability, admissibility in evidence, form or content of this
              Deed or any other Transaction Document (other than the execution
              and delivery by it of this Deed and each other Transaction
              Document to which it is expressed to be a party and the
              performance of those obligations expressed to be binding on it
              under this Deed and such Transaction Documents) and is not liable
              for any failure to obtain any licence, consent or other authority
              for the execution, delivery, legality, effectiveness, adequacy,
              genuineness, validity, performance, enforceability or
              admissibility in evidence of this Deed or any other Transaction
              Document except to the extent specifically provided in this Deed
              or such Transaction Document. The Offered Note Trustee is not
              responsible for recitals, statements, warranties or
              representations of any party (other than itself) contained in any
              Transaction Document (and is entitled to assume the accuracy and
              correctness thereof).

       (s)    (DEFECT IN SECURITY INTEREST): The Offered Note Trustee is not
              bound or concerned to examine or enquire into nor is it liable for
              any defect in or failure to perfect any Security Interest created
              or purported to be created by the Security Trust Deed and the
              Offered Note Trustee may accept without enquiry, requisition or
              objection such title as the Issuer may have to the Charged
              Property or any part thereof from time to time and shall not be
              bound to investigate or make any enquiry into the title of the
              Issuer to the Charged Property or any part thereof from time to
              time.

       (t)    (OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS RESPONSIBLE): Each Offered Noteholder is
              solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal of and
              investigation into the financial condition, creditworthiness,
              condition, affairs, status and, nature of the Issuer and the
              Series Trust and the Offered Note Trustee does not at any time
              have any responsibility for the same and no Offered Noteholder may
              rely on the Offered Note Trustee in respect of such appraisal and
              investigation.

       (u)    (LIMIT ON OBLIGATIONS): No provision of this Deed or any other
              Transaction Document requires the Offered Note Trustee to do
              anything which may be contrary to any applicable law or regulation
              or to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any
              financial liability in the performance of any of its duties, or in
              the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have
              reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or
              full indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured to
              it. Except for the obligations imposed on it under this Deed, the
              Offered Notes or any other Transaction Document, the Offered Note
              Trustee is not obliged to do or omit to do any thing, including
              entering into any transaction or incurring any liability unless
              the Offered Note Trustee's liability, is limited in a manner
              satisfactory to the Offered Note Trustee in its absolute
              discretion.

       (v)    (NO DUTY TO PROVIDE INFORMATION): Subject to the express
              requirements of this Deed or otherwise as required by any law, the
              Offered Note Trustee has no duty (either initially, or on a
              continuing basis) to consider or provide any Offered Noteholders
              with any confidential financial, price sensitive or other
              information made available by the Issuer, the Manager or any other
              person under or in connection with this Deed or any Transaction
              Document (whenever coming into its possession) and no Offered
              Noteholder is entitled to take any action to obtain from the
              Offered Note Trustee any such information.

       (w)    (NO LIABILITY FOR BREACH): The Offered Note Trustee is not to be
              under any liability whatsoever for a failure to take any action in
              respect of any breach by the Issuer of its duties as trustee of
              the Series Trust of which the Offered Note Trustee is not

                                                                              25

              aware or in respect of any Event of Default or Potential Event of
              Default of which the Offered Note Trustee is not aware.

       (x)    (DISPUTE OR AMBIGUITY): In the event of any dispute or ambiguity
              as to the construction or enforceability of this Deed or any other
              Transaction Document, or the Offered Note Trustee's powers or
              obligations under or in connection with this Deed or the
              determination or calculation of any amount or thing for the
              purpose of this Deed or the construction or validity of any
              direction from Offered Noteholders, provided the Offered Note
              Trustee is using reasonable endeavours to resolve such ambiguity
              or dispute, the Offered Note Trustee, in its absolute discretion,
              may (but will have no obligation to) refuse to act or refrain from
              acting in relation to matters affected by such dispute or
              ambiguity.

       (y)    (LOSS TO CHARGED PROPERTY): The Offered Note Trustee shall not be
              responsible for any loss, expense or liability occasioned to the
              Charged Property or any other property or in respect of all or any
              of the moneys which may stand to the credit of the Collections
              Account from time to time however caused (including, without
              limitation, where caused by an act or omission of the Security
              Trustee) unless that loss is occasioned by the fraud, negligence
              or wilful default of the Offered Note Trustee.

       (z)    (CONVERSION OF MONEY): Where necessary or expedient in order to
              fulfil its obligations under this Deed or any Transaction Document
              the Offered Note Trustee may convert any moneys forming part of
              the Offered Trust Fund from one currency into another at such
              market exchange rate or rates as are reasonably determined by the
              Offered Note Trustee.

       (aa)   (RATINGS): Except as otherwise provided in this Deed or any other
              Transaction Document, the Offered Note Trustee has no
              responsibility for the maintenance of any rating of the Offered
              Notes by any Rating Agency or any other person.

       (bb)   (NO LIABILITY FOR TAX ON PAYMENTS): The Offered Note Trustee has
              no responsibility whatsoever to any Offered Noteholder or any
              other person in relation to any deficiency in a payment by the
              Offered Note Trustee to any Offered Noteholders if that deficiency
              arises as a result of the Offered Note Trustee or the Issuer being
              subject to any Tax in respect of that payment, the Charged
              Property, the Security Trust Deed, this Deed or any income or
              proceeds from them.

8.2    WAIVERS

       Subject to clause 7.1(a), the Offered Note Trustee may, and if directed
       to do so by a Majority of Offered Noteholders must, on such terms and
       conditions as it may deem reasonable, without the consent of any of the
       Offered Noteholders, and without prejudice to its rights in respect of
       any subsequent breach agree to any waiver or authorisation of any breach
       or proposed breach of any of the terms and conditions of the Transaction
       Documents by the Issuer, the Manager or any other person which, unless
       the Offered Note Trustee is acting on the direction of a Majority of
       Offered Noteholders, is not, in the opinion of the Offered Note Trustee,
       materially prejudicial to the interests of the Offered Noteholders as a
       class. No such waiver, authorisation or determination may be made in
       contravention of any prior direction by a Majority of the Offered
       Noteholders. No direction of the Offered Noteholders shall affect any
       such waiver, authorisation or determination previously given or made. Any
       such waiver, authorisation or determination will, if the Offered Note
       Trustee so requires, be notified to the Offered Noteholders by the Issuer
       as soon as practicable after it is made in accordance with this Deed.

                                                                              26

8.3    OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE'S LIABILITY

       Nothing in this Deed or any other Transaction Document will in any case
       in which the Offered Note Trustee has failed to show the degree of care
       and diligence required of it as trustee having regard to the provisions
       of this Deed and the mandatory provisions of the TIA conferring on it any
       trusts, powers, authorities or discretions exempt the Offered Note
       Trustee from or indemnify it against any liability for breach of trust or
       any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise attach
       to it in respect of fraud or wilful default of which it may be guilty in
       relation to its duties under this Deed.

8.4    DEALINGS WITH SERIES TRUST

       Subject to clause 9.7, none of the:

       (a)    (OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE): Offered Note Trustee in its personal or
              any other capacity;

       (b)    (RELATED BODIES CORPORATE): Related Bodies Corporate of the
              Offered Note Trustee;

       (c)    (DIRECTORS ETC.): directors or officers of the Offered Note
              Trustee or its Related Bodies Corporate; or

       (d)    (SHAREHOLDERS): shareholders of the Offered Note Trustee or its
              Related Bodies Corporate,

       is prohibited from:

       (e)    (SUBSCRIBING FOR): subscribing for, purchasing, holding, dealing
              in or disposing of Offered Notes;

       (f)    (CONTRACTING WITH): at any time:

              (i)    contracting with;

              (ii)   acting in any capacity as representative or agent for; or

              (iii)  entering into any financial, banking, agency or other
                     transaction with,

              any other of them, the Issuer, the Manager or any Secured Creditor
              (including any Offered Noteholder); or

       (g)    (BEING INTERESTED IN): being interested in any contract or
              transaction referred to in paragraphs (e) or (f).

       None of the persons mentioned is liable to account to the Offered
       Noteholders for any profits or benefits (including, without limitation,
       bank charges, commission, exchange brokerage and fees) derived in
       connection with any contract or transaction referred to in paragraphs (e)
       or (f). The preceding provisions of this clause 8.4 only apply if the
       relevant person, in connection with the action, contract or transaction,
       acts in good faith to all Offered Noteholders and, in the case of the
       Offered Note Trustee, are subject to section 311(a) of the TIA.

8.5    DELEGATION OF DUTIES OF OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       The Offered Note Trustee must not delegate to any person any of its
       trusts, duties, powers, authorities or discretions under this Deed
       except:

                                                                              27

       (a)    (RELATED BODY CORPORATE): to a Related Body Corporate of the
              Offered Note Trustee; or

       (b)    (AS OTHERWISE PERMITTED): in accordance with the provisions of
              this Deed or otherwise as agreed by the Manager.

8.6    RELATED BODY CORPORATE OF THE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       Where the Offered Note Trustee delegates any of its trusts, duties,
       powers, authorities and discretions to any person who is a Related Body
       Corporate of the Offered Note Trustee, the Offered Note Trustee at all
       times remains liable for the acts or omissions of such Related Body
       Corporate and for the payment of fees of that Related Body Corporate when
       acting as delegate.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.     DUTIES OF THE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

9.1    OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE'S GENERAL DUTIES

       The Offered Note Trustee must comply with the duties imposed on it by
       this Deed, the Offered Notes (including the Offered Note Conditions) and
       each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and must:

       (a)    (ACT CONTINUOUSLY): act continuously as trustee of the Offered
              Note Trust until the Offered Note Trust is terminated in
              accordance with this Deed or until it has retired or been removed
              in accordance with this Deed; and

       (b)    (HAVE REGARD TO THE INTERESTS OF OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS): in the
              exercise of all discretions vested in it by this Deed and all
              other Transaction Documents, except where expressly provided
              otherwise, have regard to the interest of the Offered Noteholders
              as a class.

9.2    DUTIES OF THE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE PRIOR TO EVENT OF DEFAULT

       Prior to an Event of Default:

       (a)    (OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE NOT LIABLE): the Offered Note Trustee shall
              not be liable except for the performance of such duties as are
              specifically set out in this Deed, the Offered Notes (including
              the Offered Note Conditions) or any other Transaction Document to
              which it is a party and no implied covenants or obligations on the
              part of the Offered Note Trustee are to be read into this Deed;
              and

       (b)    (RELIANCE ON CERTIFICATES): the Offered Note Trustee may
              conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
              correctness of the opinions expressed therein, in the absence of
              bad faith on the part of the Offered Note Trustee, upon
              certificates or opinions furnished to the Offered Note Trustee and
              conforming to the requirements of this Deed provided that the
              Offered Note Trustee shall examine, where applicable, the evidence
              furnished to it pursuant to any provision of this Deed to
              determine whether or not such evidence conforms to the
              requirements of this Deed.

9.3    DUTIES OF THE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE FOLLOWING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

       If an Event of Default has occurred and is subsisting the Offered Note
       Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Deed
       and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent
       person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
       such person's own affairs.

                                                                              28

9.4    CERTAIN LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY WHERE ACTING IN GOOD FAITH

       The Offered Note Trustee shall not be liable under this Deed or any
       Transaction Document for any error of judgment made in good faith by an
       Authorised Officer of the Offered Note Trustee unless it is proved that
       the Offered Note Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent
       facts.

9.5    OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE NOT RELIEVED OF LIABILITY FOR NEGLIGENCE ETC.

       Subject to clauses 9.2 and 9.4, nothing in this Deed will relieve the
       Offered Note Trustee from liability for its own fraud, negligence or
       wilful default. Section 315(d)(3) of the TIA is expressly excluded by
       this Deed.

9.6    PREFERRED COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUER

       The Offered Note Trustee must comply with section 311(a) of the TIA and
       the rules thereunder other than with respect to any creditor relationship
       excluded from the operation of section 311(a) by section 311(b) of the
       TIA. Following its retirement or removal pursuant to clause 14, the
       Offered Note Trustee will remain subject to section 311(a) of the TIA to
       the extent required by the TIA.

9.7    COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 310 OF TIA

       (a)    (SECTION 310(a) OF TIA): The Offered Note Trustee must ensure that
              it at all times satisfies the requirements of section 310(a) of
              the TIA.

       (b)    (CAPITAL): Without limiting the foregoing, the Offered Note
              Trustee must ensure that it at all times has a combined capital
              and surplus (as those terms are used in the TIA) of at least
              US$50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual
              report of condition.

       (c)    (SECTION 310(b) OF TIA): The Offered Note Trustee must at all
              times comply with section 310(b) of the TIA, provided that any
              indenture or indentures under which other securities of the Issuer
              are outstanding will be excluded from the operation of section
              310(b)(1) of the TIA if the requirements for such exclusion set
              out in section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met.

9.8    VOTING AT MEETINGS UNDER MASTER TRUST DEED OR SECURITY TRUST DEED

       If the Offered Note Trustee is entitled under the Master Trust Deed (as
       varied by clause 1.6 of the Series Supplement) or the Security Trust Deed
       to vote at any meeting on behalf of Offered Noteholders, the Offered Note
       Trustee must vote in accordance, where applicable, with the directions of
       the Offered Noteholders (whether or not solicited and whether or not all
       Offered Noteholders have provided such directions) and otherwise in its
       absolute discretion. In acting in accordance with the directions of
       Offered Noteholders the Offered Note Trustee must exercise its votes for
       or against any proposal to be put to a meeting in the same proportion as
       that of the aggregate Invested Amounts of the Offered Notes held by
       Offered Noteholders who have directed the Offered Note Trustee to vote
       for or against such a proposal.

9.9    TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS

       The Offered Note Trustee must make available at the Offered Note
       Trustee's registered office for inspection by Offered Noteholders a copy
       of each Transaction Document in accordance with Condition 3 of the
       Offered Note Conditions (provided that the Offered Note Trustee will not
       be in default of its obligations pursuant to this clause 9.9 in respect
       of any Transaction Document, other than a Transaction Document to which
       the Offered Note Trustee is a party, a copy of which has not been
       provided to the Offered Note Trustee).

                                                                              29

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.    APPLICATION OF MONEYS

10.1   MONEYS RECEIVED

       The Offered Note Trustee must hold all moneys received by it under this
       Deed or any other Transaction Document upon trust to apply them:

       (a)    (FEES AND EXPENSES): first, towards all amounts owing to the
              Offered Note Trustee under this Deed (other than under clause
              6.1); and

       (b)    (OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS): secondly, pari passu to the Offered
              Noteholders towards repayment of principal and payment of interest
              and all other amounts outstanding to them by the Issuer in respect
              of the Offered Notes.

10.2   INVESTMENT OF MONEYS HELD

       An amount which under this Deed ought to or may be invested by the
       Offered Note Trustee may be invested in the name or control of the
       Offered Note Trustee in:

       (a)    (AUTHORISED SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS): Authorised Short-Term
              Investments; or

       (b)    (US$ AND (EURO) INVESTMENTS): any investment denominated in US
              dollars or Euro which has assigned to it the highest short-term
              credit rating from each Rating Agency or which is otherwise
              approved by that Rating Agency,

       and the Offered Note Trustee may at any time vary any such investments
       and is not responsible for any loss resulting from such investments
       whether due to depreciation in value, fluctuations in exchange rates or
       otherwise.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.    CONTINUING SECURITY AND RELEASES

11.1   ISSUER'S LIABILITY NOT AFFECTED

       This Deed and the liability of the Issuer under this Deed will not be
       affected or discharged by any of the following:

       (a)    (INDULGENCE): the granting to the Issuer or to any other person of
              any time or other indulgence or consideration;

       (b)    (DELAY IN RECOVERY): subject to Condition 8.5 of the Offered Note
              Conditions, the Offered Note Trustee failing or neglecting to
              recover any amounts owing in respect of the Offered Notes;

       (c)    (LACHES): any other laches, acquiescence, delay, act, omission or
              mistake on the part of the Offered Note Trustee or any other
              person; or

       (d)    (RELEASE): the release, discharge, abandonment or transfer whether
              wholly or partially and with or without consideration of any other
              security judgment or negotiable instrument held from time to time
              or recovered by the Offered Note Trustee from or against the
              Issuer or any other person.

11.2   WAIVER BY ISSUER

       The Issuer waives in favour of the Offered Note Trustee:

                                                                              30

       (a)    (ALL RIGHTS NECESSARY TO GIVE EFFECT TO DEED): all rights
              whatsoever against the Offered Note Trustee and any other person
              estate or assets to the extent necessary to give effect to
              anything in this Deed;

       (b)    (ALL RIGHTS INCONSISTENT WITH DEED): all rights inconsistent with
              the provisions of this Deed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.    REMUNERATION AND EXPENSES OF OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

12.1   PAYMENT OF FEE

       The Issuer must pay to the Offered Note Trustee during the period that
       any of the Offered Notes remain outstanding the fee separately agreed by
       the Offered Note Trustee and the Issuer (at such times and upon such
       terms as to interest for overdue payments or otherwise as are agreed
       between the Issuer and the Offered Note Trustee). If the Offered Note
       Trustee retires or is removed under this Deed, the Offered Note Trustee
       must refund to the Issuer that proportion of the fee (if any) which
       relates to the period during which the Offered Note Trustee will not be
       the Offered Note Trustee.

12.2   PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

       The Issuer must pay or reimburse to the Offered Note Trustee all
       reasonable costs, expenses, charges, stamp duties and other Taxes and
       liabilities properly incurred by the Offered Note Trustee, or its
       properly appointed agents or delegates, in the performance of the
       obligations of the Offered Note Trustee under this Deed or any other
       Transaction Document including, without limitation, all costs and
       expenses (including legal costs and expenses) incurred by the Offered
       Note Trustee in the enforcement of any obligations under this Deed or any
       other Transaction Documents. Without limiting any right of indemnity
       available by law to the Offered Note Trustee, the Offered Note Trustee is
       entitled to be indemnified from Offered Trust Fund from and against all
       such costs, expenses, charges, stamp duties and other Taxes and
       liabilities. Nothing in this clause 12.2 entitles or permits the Offered
       Note Trustee to be reimbursed or indemnified for general overhead costs
       and expenses of the Offered Note Trustee (including, without limitation,
       rents and any amounts payable by the Offered Note Trustee to its
       employees in connection with their employment) incurred directly or
       indirectly in connection with the business activities of the Offered Note
       Trustee or in the exercise of its rights, powers and discretions or the
       performance of its duties and obligations under this Deed or any
       Transaction Document.

12.3   ADDITIONAL DUTIES

       In the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default or the Offered Note
       Trustee considering it expedient or necessary or being requested pursuant
       to any Transaction Document to undertake duties which the Offered Note
       Trustee and the Manager agree to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise
       outside the scope of the normal duties of the Offered Note Trustee under
       this Deed or the other Transaction Documents the Issuer must pay to the
       Offered Note Trustee such additional remuneration as is agreed between
       the Manager and the Offered Note Trustee.

12.4   DISPUTE AS TO ADDITIONAL DUTIES

       In the event of the Manager and the Offered Note Trustee failing to
       agree:

       (a)    (DISPUTE AS TO ADDITIONAL REMUNERATION): upon the amount of any
              additional remuneration referred to in clause 12.3; or

                                                                              31

       (b)    (DISPUTE AS TO ADDITIONAL DUTIES): upon whether duties of the
              Offered Note Trustee are of an exceptional nature or otherwise
              outside the scope of the normal duties of the Offered Note Trustee
              for the purposes of clause 12.3,

       such matters shall be determined by a merchant or investment bank (acting
       as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Offered Note
       Trustee and approved by the Manager or, failing such approval, nominated
       (on the application of the Offered Note Trustee) by the President for the
       time being of The Law Society of New South Wales (the expenses involved
       in such nomination and the fees of such merchant or investment bank being
       payable by the Issuer as an Expense) and the determination of any such
       merchant or investment bank shall be final and binding upon the Offered
       Note Trustee, the Manager and the Issuer.

12.5   CURRENCY AND VAT

       The above fees and expenses will be paid in US dollars. The Issuer will
       in addition pay any value added tax which may be applicable.

12.6   NO OTHER FEES OR EXPENSES

       Except as provided in clauses 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4 and 12.5 or as
       expressly provided elsewhere in this Deed or any other Transaction
       Document, neither the Issuer nor the Manager has any liability in respect
       of any fees, commissions or expenses of the Offered Note Trustee in
       connection with this Deed or any Transaction Document.

12.7   ISSUER PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR FEES

       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deed, the Issuer must pay to
       the Offered Note Trustee the fees referred to in clause 12.1, and any
       value added tax on such fees, from its own personal funds and will not be
       entitled to be indemnified from the Assets of the Series Trust with
       respect to such fees or value added taxes provided that if The Bank of
       New York retires or is removed as Offered Note Trustee the Issuer will
       only be liable to pay the fees referred to in clause 12.1, and any value
       added tax on such fees, from its own personal funds, to the extent that
       such fees and value added tax do not exceed the amount that would have
       been payable to The Bank of New York if it had remained as Offered Note
       Trustee. The balance of such fees and value added tax, if any, will be an
       Expense for which the Issuer is entitled to be indemnified from the
       Assets of the Series Trust in accordance with the Series Supplement.

12.8   TIMING OF PAYMENTS

       Except as referred to in clause 12.7, all payments by the Issuer to the
       Offered Note Trustee under this clause 12 are payable on the first
       Monthly Distribution Date following demand by the Offered Note Trustee
       from funds available for this purpose in accordance with the Series
       Supplement.

12.9   NON-DISCHARGE

       Unless otherwise specifically stated in any discharge of the Offered Note
       Trust the provisions of this clause 12 will continue in full force and
       effect despite such discharge.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.    ADDITIONAL OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEES

13.1   APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL

       The Offered Note Trustee may, upon giving prior notice to the Issuer and
       the Manager (but without the consent of the Issuer, the Manager or the
       Offered Noteholders), appoint any person (an "ADDITIONAL NOTE TRUSTEE")
       (other than the Issuer or a Related Body Corporate of the

                                                                              32

       Issuer) established or resident in any jurisdiction (whether an Eligible
       Trust Corporation or not) to act as a co-trustee jointly with the Offered
       Note Trustee:

       (a)    (INTERESTS OF OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS): if the Offered Note Trustee
              considers such appointment to be in the interests of the Offered
              Noteholders;

       (b)    (LEGAL REQUIREMENTS): for the purposes of conforming to any legal
              requirements, restrictions or conditions in any jurisdiction in
              which any particular act or acts is or are to be performed; or

       (c)    (OBTAINING JUDGMENT): for the purposes of obtaining a judgment in
              any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction of either
              a judgment already obtained or any of this Deed or any other
              Transaction Document.

       The Issuer, for valuable consideration, irrevocably appoints the Offered
       Note Trustee to be its attorney in its name and on its behalf to execute
       an instrument of appointment of any such Additional Note Trustee. Such
       Additional Note Trustee will (subject always to the provisions of this )
       have such trusts, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding
       those conferred on the Offered Note Trustee by this Deed or any other
       Transaction Document) and such duties and obligations as are conferred or
       imposed by the instrument of appointment. Such reasonable remuneration as
       the Offered Note Trustee may pay to any Additional Note Trustee, together
       with any costs and expenses properly incurred by any Additional Note
       Trustee in performing its functions as such, are expenses of the Offered
       Note Trustee recoverable by it pursuant to clause 12.2. The Offered Note
       Trustee, upon giving prior notice to the Issuer and the Manager, has the
       power to remove any Additional Trustee. The Issuer, for valuable
       consideration, irrevocably appoints the Offered Note Trustee to be its
       attorney in its name and on its behalf to execute an instrument of
       removal of any such Additional Note Trustee.

13.2   JOINT EXERCISE OF POWERS

       All rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon an
       Additional Note Trustee are conferred or imposed upon and exercised or
       performed by the Offered Note Trustee and the Additional Note Trustee
       jointly (it being understood that an Additional Note Trustee is not
       authorised to act separately without the Offered Note Trustee joining in
       such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in
       which any particular act or acts are to be performed the Offered Note
       Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts,
       in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be
       exercised and performed singly by such Additional Note Trustee (but
       subject to the direction of the Offered Note Trustee).

13.3   NOTICE

       The Offered Note Trustee must promptly notify the Principal Paying Agent,
       the Offered Noteholders and the Rating Agencies of each appointment or
       removal of an Additional Note Trustee pursuant to this clause 13.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.    RETIREMENT OR REMOVAL OF OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

14.1   RETIREMENT OF OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       The Offered Note Trustee covenants that it will retire as Offered Note
       Trustee if:

       (a)    (INSOLVENCY): an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the
              Offered Note Trustee in its personal capacity or in respect of its
              personal assets (and not in its capacity as trustee of any trust
              or in respect of any assets it holds as trustee);

                                                                              33

       (b)    (CEASES TO CARRY ON BUSINESS): it ceases to carry on business;

       (c)    (CEASES TO BE AN ELIGIBLE TRUST CORPORATION): it ceases to be an
              Eligible Trust Corporation;

       (d)    (OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS REQUIRE RETIREMENT): it is so directed by a
              Special Majority of Offered Noteholders;

       (e)    (BREACH OF DUTY): when required to do so by the Manager or the
              Issuer by notice in writing, it fails or neglects within 20
              Business Days after receipt of such notice to carry out or satisfy
              any material duty imposed on it by this Deed or any Transaction
              Document; or

       (f)    (CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP): there is a change in ownership of 50% or
              more of the issued equity share capital of the Offered Note
              Trustee from the position as at the date of this Deed or effective
              control of the Offered Note Trustee alters from the position as at
              the date of this Deed unless in either case approved by the
              Manager (whose approval must not be unreasonably withheld).

14.2   REMOVAL BY MANAGER

       If the Offered Note Trustee refuses to retire the Manager is entitled to
       remove the Offered Note Trustee from office immediately by notice in
       writing if an event referred to in clause 14.1 has occurred. On the
       retirement or removal of the Offered Note Trustee under the provisions of
       clause 14.1 or this clause 14.2:

       (a)    (NOTIFY RATING AGENCIES): the Manager must promptly notify the
              Rating Agencies of such retirement or removal; and

       (b)    (APPOINT SUBSTITUTE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE): subject to any approval
              required by law, the Manager is entitled to and must use
              reasonable endeavours to appoint in writing some other Eligible
              Trust Corporation that is approved by the Rating Agencies to be
              the Substitute Offered Note Trustee.

14.3   OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE MAY RETIRE

       The Offered Note Trustee may retire at any time as trustee under this
       Deed upon giving 3 months (or such lesser time as the Manager, the Issuer
       and the Offered Note Trustee agree) notice in writing to the Issuer, the
       Manager and the Rating Agencies, without giving any reason and without
       being responsible for any liabilities incurred by reason of such
       retirement provided that such retirement is in accordance with this Deed,
       provided that no such period of notice of retirement may expire within
       the period of 30 days preceding each Quarterly Distribution Date. Upon
       such retirement the Offered Note Trustee, subject to any approval
       required by law, may appoint in writing any other Eligible Trust
       Corporation that is approved by the Rating Agencies and the Manager,
       which approval must not be unreasonably withheld by the Manager, as
       Offered Note Trustee in its stead. If the Offered Note Trustee does not
       propose a replacement by the date which is 1 month prior to the date of
       its proposed retirement, the Manager is entitled to appoint a Substitute
       Offered Note Trustee, which must be an Eligible Trust Corporation that is
       approved by the Rating Agencies, as of the date of the proposed
       retirement.

14.4   APPOINTMENT OF SUBSTITUTE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE BY OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS

       Notwithstanding clauses 14.1, 14.2 and 14.3, no retirement or removal of
       the Offered Note Trustee will be effective until a Substitute Offered
       Note Trustee has been appointed as in its place. If a Substitute Offered
       Note Trustee has not been appointed under clauses 14.1, 14.2 or 14.3 at a
       time when the position of Offered Note Trustee would, but for this clause
       14.4,

                                                                              34

       become vacant in accordance with those clauses, the Issuer must promptly
       advise the Offered Noteholders a Special Majority of whom may appoint an
       Eligible Trust Corporation nominated by any of them to act as Offered
       Note Trustee.

14.5   RELEASE OF OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       Upon retirement or removal of the Offered Note Trustee as trustee of the
       Offered Note Trust, the Offered Note Trustee is released from all
       obligations under this Deed arising after the date of the retirement or
       removal except for its obligation to vest the Offered Trust Fund in the
       Substitute Offered Note Trustee and to deliver all books and records
       relating to the Offered Note Trust to the Substitute Offered Note
       Trustee. The Manager and the Issuer may settle with the Offered Note
       Trustee the amount of any sums payable by the Offered Note Trustee to the
       Manager or the Issuer or by the Manager or the Issuer to the Offered Note
       Trustee and may give to or accept from the Offered Note Trustee a
       discharge in respect of those sums which will be conclusive and binding
       as between the Manager, the Issuer and the Offered Note Trustee but not
       as between the Offered Note Trustee and the Offered Noteholders.

14.6   VESTING OF OFFERED TRUST FUND IN SUBSTITUTE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       The Offered Note Trustee, on its retirement or removal, must vest the
       Offered Trust Fund or cause it to be vested in the Substitute Offered
       Note Trustee and must deliver and assign to such Substitute Offered Note
       Trustee as appropriate all books, documents, records and other property
       whatsoever relating to the Offered Trust Fund.

14.7   SUBSTITUTE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE TO EXECUTE DEED

       Each Substitute Offered Note Trustee must upon its appointment execute a
       deed in such form as the Manager may require whereby such Substitute
       Offered Note Trustee must undertake to the Offered Noteholders to be
       bound by all the covenants on the part of the Offered Note Trustee under
       this Deed from the date of such appointment.

14.8   RATING AGENCIES ADVISED

       The Manager must promptly:

       (a)    (RETIREMENT): approach and liaise with each Rating Agency in
              respect of any consents required from it to the replacement of the
              Offered Note Trustee pursuant to clauses 14.2 or 14.3;

       (b)    (CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP): notify the Rating Agencies of it becoming
              aware of a change in ownership of 50% or more of the issued equity
              share capital of the Offered Note Trustee from the position as at
              the date of this Deed or effective control of the Offered Note
              Trustee altering from the date of this Deed; and

       (c)    (APPROVAL FOR CHANGE IN OWNERSHIP): notify the Rating Agencies of
              any approvals given by the Manager pursuant to clause 14.1(f).

14.9   RETENTION OF LIEN

       Notwithstanding any release of the outgoing Offered Note Trustee under
       this clause 14, the outgoing Offered Note Trustee will remain entitled to
       the benefit of the indemnities granted by this Deed to the outgoing
       Offered Note Trustee in respect of any liability, cost or other
       obligation incurred by it while acting as Offered Note Trustee, as if it
       were still the Offered Note Trustee under this Deed.

                                                                              35

14.10  ISSUER AND MANAGER CANNOT BE APPOINTED

       Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this clause 14, none of the
       Manager, the Issuer, any Support Facility Provider nor any of their
       Related Bodies Corporate may be appointed as Offered Note Trustee.

14.11  NO LIMITATION OF TIA

       Nothing in this clause 14 is to be construed as limiting any right of an
       Offered Noteholder to take any action to remove the Offered Note Trustee
       in accordance with section 310(b) of the TIA.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.    AMENDMENT

15.1   AMENDMENT BY OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       Subject to this clause 15 and to any approval required by law, the
       Offered Note Trustee, the Manager and the Issuer may together agree,
       without the consent or sanction of any Offered Noteholder, by way of
       supplemental deed to alter, add to or revoke any provision of this Deed
       or the Offered Notes (including the Offered Note Conditions) so long as
       such alteration, addition or revocation is not a Payment Modification and
       such alteration, addition or revocation in the opinion of the Offered
       Note Trustee:

       (a)    (NECESSARY OR EXPEDIENT): is necessary or expedient to comply with
              the provisions of any Statute or regulation or with the
              requirements of any Governmental Agency;

       (b)    (MANIFEST ERROR): is made to correct a manifest error or ambiguity
              or is of a formal, technical or administrative nature only;

       (c)    (AMENDMENT TO LAW): is appropriate or expedient as a consequence
              of an amendment to any Statute or regulation or altered
              requirements of any Governmental Agency or any decision of any
              court (including, without limitation, an alteration, addition or
              modification which is in the opinion of the Offered Note Trustee
              appropriate or expedient as a consequence of the enactment of a
              Statute or regulation or an amendment to any Statute or regulation
              or ruling by the Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner of Taxation
              or any governmental announcement or statement or any decision of
              any court, in any case which has or may have the effect of
              altering the manner or basis of taxation of trusts generally or of
              trusts similar to the Series Trust or the Offered Note Trust); or

       (d)    (OTHERWISE DESIRABLE): and in the opinion of the Issuer is
              otherwise desirable for any reason and:

              (i)    is not in the opinion of the Offered Note Trustee likely,
                     upon coming into effect, to be materially prejudicial to
                     the interests of Offered Noteholders; or

              (ii)   if it is in the opinion of the Offered Note Trustee likely,
                     upon coming into effect, to be materially prejudicial to
                     Offered Noteholders, the consent of a Special Majority of
                     Offered Noteholders to the alteration, addition or
                     resolution has been obtained. For the purpose of
                     determining whether a Special Majority of Offered
                     Noteholders has consented to an alteration, addition or
                     revocation, Offered Notes which are beneficially owned by
                     the Issuer or the Manager or by any person directly or
                     indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or
                     indirect common control with the Issuer or the Manager,
                     shall be disregarded,

                                                                              36

       provided that the Offered Note Trustee, the Manager and the Issuer may
       not alter, add to or revoke any provision of this Deed or the Offered
       Notes unless the Manager has notified the Rating Agencies 5 Business Days
       in advance.

15.2   AMENDMENTS REQUIRING CONSENT OF ALL OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS

       The Offered Note Trustee, the Manager and the Issuer may together agree
       by way of supplemental deed to make or effect a Payment Modification to
       this Deed or the Offered Notes (including the Offered Note Conditions)
       if, and only if, the consent has first been obtained of each Offered
       Noteholder to such Payment Modification.

15.3   COMPLIANCE WITH TIA

       Any supplemental deed altering, adding to or revoking any provision of
       this Deed or the Offered Notes (including the Offered Note Conditions)
       referred to in this clause 15 must conform, to the extent applicable,
       with the requirements of the TIA.

15.4   NO RATING AGENCY DOWNGRADE

       The Offered Note Trustee will be entitled to assume that any proposed
       alteration, addition or revocation, other than a Payment Modification,
       will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of Offered
       Noteholders if each Rating Agency issues a Rating Affirmation Notice in
       relation to the alteration, addition or revocation.

15.5   DISTRIBUTION OF AMENDMENTS

       The Issuer must distribute to all Offered Noteholders a copy of any
       amendment made pursuant to this clause 15 as soon as reasonably
       practicable after the amendment has been made.

15.6   AMENDMENTS BINDING ON OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS

       Any alteration, addition or revocation of a provision of this Deed or the
       Offered Notes made pursuant to this clause 15 is binding on all Offered
       Noteholders.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.    REPORTS

16.1   REPORTS BY OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       If so required by section 313(a) of the TIA, the Offered Note Trustee
       shall provide to each Offered Noteholder, and such other persons as the
       Offered Note Trustee is required by section 313(c) of the TIA to provide
       reports to, at intervals of not more than 12 months (commencing as from
       the Closing Date) a brief report of the events referred to in section
       313(a) of the TIA that have occurred within the preceding 12 months and
       shall provide such additional reports to Offered Noteholders, and such
       other persons as the Offered Note Trustee is required by section 313(c)
       of the TIA to provide reports to, as are required by section 313(b) of
       the TIA at the times specified in that section. A copy of each such
       report at the time of its provision to Offered Noteholders must be copied
       to the Issuer and the Manager and must be filed by the Offered Note
       Trustee with the Commission and each stock exchange, if any, on which the
       Offered Notes are listed.

16.2   REPORTS BY ISSUER

       The Issuer and the Manager each severally covenants that it will:

       (a)    (COPY SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT REPORTS TO OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE):
              file:

                                                                              37

              (i)    with the Commission at such times as are required under the
                     Exchange Act; and

              (ii)   with the Offered Note Trustee, within 15 days after it is
                     required to file the same with the Commission,

              copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and
              other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing
              as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations
              prescribe), if any, which it may be required to file with the
              Commission pursuant to section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or,
              if it is not required to file information, documents or reports
              pursuant to either of such sections, then to file with the Offered
              Note Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with the rules and
              regulations prescribed by the Commission, such of the
              supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports
              which may be required pursuant to section 13 of the Exchange Act,
              in respect of a security listed and registered on a national
              securities exchange as may be prescribed in such rules and
              regulations;

       (b)    (OTHER REPORTS): file with the Offered Note Trustee and the
              Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed
              from time to time by the Commission, such additional information,
              documents and reports with respect to compliance by it with the
              conditions and covenants of this Deed as may be required from time
              to time by such rules and regulations; and

       (c)    (SUMMARIES TO OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS): transmit to Offered
              Noteholders, and such other persons as are required by section
              314(a)(3) of the TIA, such summaries of any information, documents
              and reports required to be filed by the Issuer or the Manager
              pursuant to clauses 16.2(a) and (b) as may be required by rules
              and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

16.3   RESTRICTED SECURITIES

       The Issuer and the Manager each severally covenants that it will
       forthwith notify the Offered Note Trustee, if, at any time, after the
       Closing Date, any Offered Notes become "restricted securities" (as
       defined in Rule 144(a)(3) of Securities Act of 1933 of the United States
       of America) and during any period during which the Issuer or the Manager
       is neither subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act nor exempt
       from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(d) under the Exchange Act, make
       available to each holder of those Offered Notes in connection with any
       resale of those Offered Notes and to any prospective purchaser of the
       Offered Notes from that holder, in each case upon request, the
       information specified in and meeting the requirements of Rule
       144(A)(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17.    CURRENCY INDEMNITY

17.1   IMPROPER CURRENCY RECEIPTS

       If any payment is made by the Issuer under this Deed or the Offered Notes
       or if the Offered Note Trustee or any Offered Noteholder receives or
       recovers any money under or pursuant to this Deed or the Offered Notes in
       a currency ("RECEIPT CURRENCY") other than the currency in which the
       money was payable pursuant to the terms of this Deed or the Offered Notes
       ("AGREED CURRENCY"), the Issuer must, as a separate and additional
       liability, pay to the recipient such additional amount so that after
       conversion from the Receipt Currency into the Agreed Currency of such
       money so paid, received or recovered and after the payment of all
       commission and expenses in relation to such conversion the recipient will
       receive net in its hands an amount in the Agreed Currency equal to the
       amount of the money payable under this Deed or the Offered Notes in the
       Agreed Currency.

                                                                              38

17.2   CURRENCY INDEMNITY

       If a judgment or an order is rendered by any court or tribunal for the
       payment of any amount payable by the Issuer under this Deed or the
       Offered Notes or for the payment of damages in respect of any breach by
       the Issuer of this Deed or the Offered Notes or any Insolvency Event in
       relation to the Issuer occurs resulting in money being payable or
       receivable in respect of any proof or other claim, and such judgment,
       order, proof or claim is expressed in a currency ("JUDGMENT CURRENCY")
       other than the currency in which the money was payable pursuant to the
       terms of this Deed or the Offered Notes ("AGREED CURRENCY"), the Issuer
       must indemnify and hold harmless and keep indemnified the person with the
       benefit of the judgment, order, proof or claim (as the case may be) (the
       "RECEIVING PARTY") against any deficiency in the Agreed Currency in the
       amount received by the Receiving Party arising or resulting from any
       variation as between:

       (a)    (JUDGMENT RATE): the rate of exchange at which the Agreed Currency
              is converted to the Judgment Currency for the purposes of such
              judgment, order, proof or claim; and

       (b)    (ACTUAL RATE): the rate of exchange which the Receiving Party is
              able to purchase the Agreed Currency with the amount of the
              Judgment Currency actually received by the Receiving Party,

       and such indemnity will continue in full force and effect notwithstanding
       any such judgment, order, proof or claim.

17.3   FAILURE TO PAY PROPER CURRENCY

       Any payment purportedly pursuant to the terms of this Deed or an Offered
       Note in a currency other than the currency in which it is required to be
       paid will not discharge or satisfy the relevant obligation of the payer
       to make the payment except to the extent that, and insofar as, the
       currency in which the payment is required to be made is acquired by sale
       of the currency in which the payment was actually made.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.    EXPENSES AND STAMP DUTIES

18.1   EXPENSES

       Subject to clause 22, the Issuer will on demand reimburse the Offered
       Note Trustee for and keep the Offered Note Trustee indemnified against
       all expenses including legal costs and disbursements (on a full indemnity
       basis) incurred by the Offered Note Trustee in connection with:

       (a)    (PREPARATION): the preparation and execution of this Deed and any
              subsequent consent, agreement, approval or waiver under this Deed
              or amendment to this Deed;

       (b)    (ENFORCEMENT): the exercise, enforcement, preservation or
              attempted exercise enforcement or preservation of any rights under
              this Deed including without limitation any expenses incurred in
              the evaluation of any matter of material concern to the Offered
              Note Trustee; and

       (c)    (GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY): any enquiry by a Governmental Agency
              concerning the Issuer or the Assets of the Series Trust or a
              transaction or activity the subject of the Transaction Documents.

                                                                              39

18.2   STAMP DUTIES AND OTHER TAXES

       The Issuer must pay any stamp and other duties and Taxes, including fines
       and penalties, payable in Australia, the United Kingdom, Belgium,
       Luxembourg, Republic of Ireland or the United States on or in connection
       with:

       (a)    (EXECUTION OF DEED): the execution, delivery and performance of
              this Deed or any payment, receipt or other transaction
              contemplated by this Deed;

       (b)    (ISSUE OF OFFERED NOTES): the constitution and original issue and
              delivery of the Offered Notes; and

       (c)    (PROCEEDINGS): any action taken by the Offered Note Trustee or
              (where in accordance with this Deed or the Security Trust Deed the
              Offered Noteholders are entitled to do so) the Offered Noteholders
              to enforce the provisions of the Offered Notes, this Deed, the
              Master Trust Deed, the Series Supplement or the Security Trust
              Deed.

       The Issuer must indemnify and keep indemnified the Offered Note Trustee
       against any loss or liability incurred or suffered by it as a result of
       the delay or failure by the Issuer to pay any such stamp and other duties
       and Taxes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.    TRUST INDENTURE ACT

19.1   CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS

       (a)    (OFFERED NOTE CONDITIONS PRECEDENT): Upon any application or
              request by the Issuer to the Offered Note Trustee to take any
              action under any provision of this Deed, the Issuer must furnish
              to the Offered Note Trustee:

              (i)    a certificate from two Authorised Officers of the Issuer
                     stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for
                     in this Deed relating to the proposed action have been
                     complied with;

              (ii)   Counsel's Opinion stating that all such conditions
                     precedent, if any, have been complied with; and

              (iii)  if required by the TIA, a certificate from an accountant
                     meeting the applicable requirements of section 314(c)(3) of
                     the TIA,

              provided that in the case of any such application or request as to
              which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by
              any other provision of this Deed no additional certificate or
              opinion need be furnished.

       (b)    (FAIR VALUE): The Issuer must furnish to the Offered Note Trustee
              a certificate or opinion of an engineer, appraiser or other expert
              as to the fair value:

              (i)    of any property or securities to be released from the
                     Security Interest created by the Security Trust Deed, where
                     this is required by section 314(d)(1) of the TIA;

              (ii)   to the Issuer of any securities the deposit of which with
                     the Issuer is to be made the basis for the release of any
                     property or securities subject to the Security Interest
                     created by the Security Trust Deed, where this is required
                     by section 314(d)(2) of the TIA; and

              (iii)  to the Issuer of any property the subjection of which to
                     the Security

                                                                              40

                     Interest created by the Security Trust Deed is to be made
                     the basis for the release of any property or securities
                     subject to the Security Interest created by the Security
                     Trust Deed, where this is required by section 314(d)(3) of
                     the TIA,

              and every such certificate or opinion must comply with the
              relevant provisions of section 314(d) of the TIA (and, except as
              provided otherwise in section 314 of the TIA, may be given by an
              Authorised Officer of the Issuer).

       (c)    (FORM OF CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS): Every certificate or opinion
              with respect to compliance with a Condition or covenant provided
              for in this Deed (other than the certificate referred to in clause
              6.3(c)(i)) shall include:

              (i)    a statement that each signatory of such certificate or
                     opinion has read such covenant or Condition and the
                     definitions used therein;

              (ii)   a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
                     examination or investigation upon which the statements or
                     opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are
                     based;

              (iii)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory,
                     such signatory has made such examination or investigation
                     as is necessary to enable such signatory to express an
                     informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or
                     Condition has been complied with; and

              (iv)   a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
                     signatory such Condition or covenant has been complied
                     with.

19.2   UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS

       (a)    (UNDERTAKING): Subject to clause 19.2(b), all parties to this deed
              agree, and each Offered Noteholder by such Offered Noteholder's
              acceptance of the Offered Notes are deemed to have agreed, that
              any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the
              enforcement of any right or remedy under this Deed, or in any suit
              against the Offered Note Trustee for any action taken, suffered or
              omitted by it as the Offered Note Trustee, the filing by any party
              litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such
              suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable
              costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party
              litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good
              faith of the claims or defences made by such party litigant.

       (b)    (EXCEPTIONS): The provisions of clause 19.2(a) shall not apply to:

              (i)    any suit instituted by the Offered Note Trustee;

              (ii)   any suit instituted by any Offered Noteholder, or group of
                     Offered Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate
                     Offered Notes with an Invested Amount of more than 10% of
                     the then aggregate Invested Amount of all Offered Notes; or

              (iii)  any suit instituted by any Offered Noteholder for the
                     enforcement of the payment of principal or interest on any
                     Offered Note on or after the respective due dates expressed
                     in such Offered Note and in this Deed.

19.3   EXCLUSION OF SECTION 316(a)(1)

       Section 316(a)(1) of the TIA is expressly excluded by this Deed.

                                                                              41

19.4   UNCONDITIONAL RIGHTS OF OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL AND
       INTEREST

       Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Deed, any Offered Noteholder
       shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
       payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on each Offered Note
       held by it on or after the respective due dates thereof expressed in such
       Offered Note or in this Deed or to institute suit for the enforcement of
       any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the
       consent of such Offered Noteholder, except to the extent that this Deed
       or the Security Trust Deed contain provisions limiting or denying the
       right of any Offered Noteholder to institute any such suit, if and to the
       extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the entry of
       judgment therein would, under applicable law, result in the surrender,
       impairment, waiver, or loss of the Security Interest created by the
       Security Trust Deed upon any property subject to such Security Interest.

19.5   CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT

       The provisions of section 310 to 317 (inclusive) of the TIA are
       incorporated into, are a part of and govern this deed, whether or not
       contained in this Deed, unless expressly excluded by this Deed in
       accordance with the TIA. If any provision of this Deed limits, qualifies
       or conflicts with any provision that is deemed to be included in this
       Deed by virtue of any of the provisions of the TIA, such provision deemed
       to be included in this Deed will prevail.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20.    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

20.1   GOVERNING LAW

       This Deed is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
       State of New South Wales.

20.2   JURISDICTION

       (a)    (SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION): The Issuer, the Offered Note
              Trustee, the Manager and each of the Offered Noteholders each
              irrevocably submits to and accepts generally and unconditionally
              the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts and appellate Courts
              of the State of New South Wales with respect to any legal action
              or proceedings which may be brought at any time relating in any
              way to this Deed.

       (b)    (WAIVER OF INCONVENIENT FORUM): The Issuer, the Offered Note
              Trustee, the Manager and each of the Offered Noteholders each
              irrevocably waives any objection it may now or in the future have
              to the venue of any such action or proceedings brought in such
              courts and any claim it may now or in the future have that any
              such action or proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient
              forum.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21.    NOTICES

21.1   METHOD OF DELIVERY

       Subject to this clause, any notice, request, certificate, approval,
       demand, consent or other communication to be given under this Deed other
       than to or by an Offered Noteholder must:

       (a)    (IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY AUTHORISED OFFICER): except in the case
              of a communication by email, be in writing and signed by an
              Authorised Officer of the party giving the same; and

       (b)    (DELIVERY): be:

                                                                              42

              (i)    left at the address of the addressee;

              (ii)   sent by prepaid ordinary post to the address of the
                     addressee;

              (iii)  sent by facsimile to the facsimile number of the addressee;
                     or

              (iv)   sent by email by an Authorised Officer of the party giving
                     the same in accordance with the addressee's email address,

              notified by that addressee from time to time to the other parties
              to this Deed as its address for service pursuant to this Deed.

21.2   DEEMED RECEIPT

       A notice, request, certificate, demand, consent or other communication
       under this Deed other than to or by an Offered Noteholder is deemed to
       have been received:

       (a)    (DELIVERY): where delivered in person, upon receipt;

       (b)    (POST): where sent by post, on the 3rd (or 7th if posted
              internationally) day after posting;

       (c)    (FAX): where sent by facsimile, on production by the dispatching
              facsimile machine of a transmission report which indicates that
              the facsimile was sent in its entirety to the facsimile number of
              the recipient; and

       (d)    (EMAIL): where sent by email, on the date the email is received.

       However, if the time of deemed receipt of any notice is not before 5.30
       pm on a Business Day at the address of the recipient it is deemed to have
       been received at the commencement of business on the next Business Day.

21.3   EMAIL

       A notice, request, certificate, approval, demand, consent or other
       communication to be given under this Deed may only be given by email
       where the recipient has separately agreed that that communication or
       communications of that type, may be given by email.

21.4   NOTICES TO OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS

       Any notice, request, certificate, approval, demand, consent or other
       communication to be given under this Deed to an Offered Noteholder:

       (a)    (DELIVERY): will be effectively given if it is given in accordance
              with Condition 11 of the Offered Note Conditions; and

       (b)    (TIME): is deemed to have been given at the time specified in
              Condition 11 of the Offered Note Conditions.

21.5   NOTICES FROM OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS

       Any notice, request, certificate, approval, document, consent, direction
       or other communication to be given under this Deed by an Offered
       Noteholder to any person must:

       (a)    (SIGNED): be signed by the Offered Noteholder or an attorney of
              the Offered Noteholder;

       (b)    (IN WRITING): be in writing;

                                                                              43

       (c)    (DELIVERY): be:

              (i)    left at the address of the addressee;

              (ii)   sent by prepaid ordinary post to the address of the
                     addressee; or

              (iii)  sent by facsimile to the facsimile number of the addressee,

              as set out in the Offered Note Conditions or otherwise as notified
              by that addressee to the Offered Noteholders from time to time;

       (d)    (EVIDENCE): be accompanied by such evidence as to its proper
              execution by the Offered Noteholder as the addressee may
              reasonably require,

       and will only be effective upon actual receipt by the addressee. For the
       purposes of seeking any consent, direction or authorisation from Offered
       Noteholders pursuant to this Deed, the TIA (including section 316 of the
       TIA) or any Transaction Document the Offered Note Trustee may by notice
       to the Offered Noteholders specify a date (not earlier than the date of
       the notice) upon which the Offered Noteholders for the purposes of that
       consent, direction or authorisation will be determined and, if it does
       so, the persons who are the Offered Noteholders and the Invested Amount
       of the Offered Notes held by them will, for the purposes of that consent,
       direction or authorisation, be determined based upon the details recorded
       in the applicable Offered Note Register as at 5.30 pm on that date.

21.6   ISSUER AND MANAGER

       Each of the Issuer and the Manager must maintain an office or an agency
       in New York where any legal proceedings in respect of this Deed or the
       Offered Notes may be served on it. The Issuer initially appoints C.T.
       Corporation, 111 8th Avenue, New York, New York 10011, as its agent for
       these purposes. The Manager initially appoints Commonwealth Bank of
       Australia, New York Branch, 599 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York
       10022 as its agent for these purposes.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22.    ISSUER'S LIMITED LIABILITY

22.1   LIMITATION ON ISSUER'S LIABILITY

       The Issuer enters into this Deed only in its capacity as trustee of the
       Series Trust and in no other capacity. A liability incurred by the Issuer
       acting in its capacity as trustee of the Series Trust arising under or in
       connection with this Deed is limited to and can be enforced against the
       Issuer only to the extent to which it can be satisfied out of Assets of
       the Series Trust out of which the Issuer is actually indemnified for the
       liability. This limitation of the Trustee's liability applies despite any
       other provision of this Deed (other than clauses 12.7 and 22.3) and
       extends to all liabilities and obligations of the Issuer in any way
       connected with any representation, warranty, conduct, omission, agreement
       or transaction related to this Deed.

22.2   CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUER

       The parties other than the Issuer may not sue the Issuer in respect of
       liabilities incurred by the Issuer acting in its capacity as trustee of
       the Series Trust in any capacity other than as trustee of the Series
       Trust, including seeking the appointment of a receiver (except in
       relation to Assets of the Series Trust), a liquidator, an administrator,
       or any similar person to the Issuer or prove in any liquidation,
       administration or similar arrangements of or affecting the Issuer (except
       in relation to the Assets of the Series Trust).

                                                                              44

22.3   BREACH OF TRUST

       The provisions of this clause 22 will not apply to any obligation or
       liability of the Issuer to the extent that it is not satisfied because
       under the Master Trust Deed, the Series Supplement or any other
       Transaction Document or by operation of law there is a reduction in the
       extent of the Trustee's indemnification out of the Assets of the Series
       Trust, as a result of the Issuer's fraud, negligence or wilful default
       and will not apply to any obligation or liability of the Issuer to pay
       amounts from its personal funds pursuant to clause 12.7.

22.4   ACTS OR OMISSIONS

       It is acknowledged that the Relevant Parties are responsible under the
       Transaction Documents for performing a variety of obligations relating to
       the Series Trust. No act or omission of the Issuer (including any related
       failure to satisfy its obligations or any breach of representation or
       warranty under this Deed) will be considered fraudulent, negligent or a
       wilful default for the purpose of clause 22.3 to the extent to which the
       act or omission was caused or contributed to by any failure by any
       Relevant Party or any other person appointed by the Issuer under any
       Transaction Document (other than a person whose acts or omissions the
       Issuer is liable for in accordance with any Transaction Document) to
       fulfil its obligations relating to the Series Trust or by any other act
       or omission of a Relevant Party or any other such person.

22.5   NO AUTHORITY

       No attorney or agent appointed in accordance with this Deed has authority
       to act on behalf of the Issuer in a way which exposes the Issuer to any
       personal liability and no act or omission of any such person will be
       considered fraud, negligence or wilful default of the Issuer for the
       purposes of clause 22.3.

22.6   NO OBLIGATION

       The Issuer is not obliged to enter into any commitment or obligation
       under this Deed or any Transaction Document (including incur any further
       liability) unless the Issuer's liability is limited in a manner which is
       consistent with this clause 22 or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to
       the Issuer in its absolute discretion.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23.    MISCELLANEOUS

23.1   ASSIGNMENT BY ISSUER

       The Issuer will not assign or otherwise transfer the benefit of this Deed
       or any of its rights, duties or obligations under this Deed except to a
       Substitute Trustee which is appointed as a successor trustee of the
       Series Trust under and in accordance with the Master Trust Deed.

23.2   ASSIGNMENT BY MANAGER

       The Manager will not assign or otherwise transfer the benefit of this
       Deed or any of its rights, duties or obligations under this Deed except
       to a Substitute Manager which is appointed as a successor manager of the
       Series Trust under and in accordance with the Master Trust Deed.

23.3   ASSIGNMENT BY OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       The Offered Note Trustee will not assign or otherwise transfer all or any
       part of the benefit of this Deed or any of its rights, duties and
       obligations under this Deed except to a Substitute Offered Note Trustee
       which is appointed as a successor trustee under and in accordance with
       this Deed.

                                                                              45

23.4   CERTIFICATE OF OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       A certificate in writing signed by an Authorised Officer of the Offered
       Note Trustee certifying any act, matter or thing relating to this Deed is
       conclusive and binding on the Issuer in the absence of manifest error on
       the face of the certificate.

23.5   CONTINUING OBLIGATION

       This Deed is a continuing obligation notwithstanding any settlement of
       account intervening payment express or implied revocation or any other
       matter or thing whatsoever until a final discharge of this Deed has been
       given to the Issuer.

23.6   SETTLEMENT CONDITIONAL

       Any settlement or discharge between the Issuer and the Offered Note
       Trustee is conditional upon any security or payment given or made to the
       Offered Note Trustee by the Issuer or any other person in relation to the
       Secured Moneys not being avoided repaid or reduced by virtue of any
       provision or enactment relating to bankruptcy insolvency or liquidation
       for the time being in force and, in the event of any such security or
       payment being so avoided repaid or reduced the Offered Note Trustee is
       entitled to recover the value or amount of such security or payment
       avoided, repaid or reduced from the Issuer subsequently as if such
       settlement or discharge had not occurred.

23.7   INTEREST ON JUDGMENT

       If a liability under this Deed (other than a liability for negligence,
       fraud or wilful default of the Issuer under the Transaction Documents)
       becomes merged in a judgment or order then the Issuer as an independent
       obligation will pay interest to the Offered Note Trustee on the amount of
       that liability at a rate being the higher of the rate payable pursuant to
       the judgment or order and the highest rate payable on the Offered Notes
       from the date it becomes payable until it is paid.

23.8   SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS

       Any provision of this Deed which is illegal, void or unenforceable in any
       jurisdiction is ineffective in that jurisdiction to the extent only of
       such illegality, voidness or unenforceability without invalidating the
       remaining provisions of this Deed or the enforceability of that provision
       in any other jurisdiction.

23.9   REMEDIES CUMULATIVE

       The rights and remedies conferred by this Deed upon the Offered Note
       Trustee are cumulative and in addition to all other rights or remedies
       available to the Offered Note Trustee by Statute or by general law.

23.10  WAIVER

       A failure to exercise or enforce or a delay in exercising or enforcing or
       the partial exercise or enforcement of any right, remedy, power or
       privilege under this Deed by the Offered Note Trustee will not in any way
       preclude or operate as a waiver of any further exercise or enforcement of
       such right, remedy, power or privilege or the exercise or enforcement of
       any other right, remedy, power or privilege under this Deed or provided
       by law.

23.11  WRITTEN WAIVER, CONSENT AND APPROVAL

       Any waiver, consent or approval given by the Offered Note Trustee under
       this Deed will only be effective and will only be binding on the Offered
       Note Trustee if it is given in writing or

                                                                              46

       given verbally and subsequently confirmed in writing and executed by the
       Offered Note Trustee or on its behalf by an Authorised Officer for the
       time being of the Offered Note Trustee.

23.12  TIME OF ESSENCE

       Time is of the essence in respect of the Issuer's obligations under this
       Deed.

23.13  MORATORIUM LEGISLATION

       To the fullest extent permitted by law, the provisions of all Statutes
       operating directly or indirectly:

       (a)    (LESSEN OBLIGATIONS): to lessen or otherwise to vary or affect in
              favour of the Issuer any obligation under this Deed; or

       (b)    (DELAY EXERCISE OF POWERS): to delay or otherwise prevent or
              prejudicially affect the exercise of any powers conferred on the
              Offered Note Trustee under this Deed,

       are expressly waived negatived and excluded.

23.14  BINDING ON EACH SIGNATORY

       This Deed binds each of the signatories to this Deed notwithstanding that
       any one or more of the named parties to this Deed does not execute this
       Deed, that there is any invalidity forgery or irregularity touching any
       execution of this Deed or that this Deed is or becomes unenforceable void
       or voidable against any such named party.

23.15  COUNTERPARTS

       This Deed may be executed in a number of counterparts and all such
       counterparts taken together is deemed to constitute one and the same
       instrument.

23.16  CONTRA PROFERENTEM

       Each provision of this Deed will be interpreted without disadvantage to
       the party who (or whose representative) drafted that provision.

                                                                              47

SCHEDULE 1
FORM OF OFFERED NOTES

Registered                   CUSIP No:                            $[           ]
No. R-                       ISIN No:                        (euro)[           ]
                             Common Code:

Unless this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note is presented by an authorised
representative of [The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation,
("DTC")/the common depository for Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme
("CLEARSTREAM, LUXEMBOURG")and the Euroclear System ("EUROCLEAR")] to the Issuer
(as defined below) or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or
payment, and any [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note issued is registered in the name of
[Cede & Co./the common depository for Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear] or
in such other name as is requested by an authorised representative of
[DTC/Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear] (and any payment is made to [Cede &
Co./the common depository for Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear] or to such
other entity as is requested by an authorised representative of [DTC/the common
depository for Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR
OTHER USE OF THE [CLASS A-1/CLASS A-3] NOTE FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY
PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, [Cede & Co./the
common depository for Clearstream, Luxembourg and Euroclear], has an interest in
this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note.

[The above paragraph is to appear in the Offered Book Entry Notes only.]

Each [Class A-1/Class A-3] Noteholder represents, warrants and covenants (and by
its acquisition of a [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note, each [Class A-1/Class A-3]
Noteholder shall be deemed to represent) that it is either (i) not acquiring
such [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note with the assets of an "employee benefit plan"
subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"); a "plan" described by Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"); any entity deemed to hold "plan
assets" of the foregoing under 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101; or any governmental plan
subject to substantially similar applicable law or (ii) its purchase and holding
of such [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note will not result in a non-exempt prohibited
transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or any substantially similar
applicable law.

THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS [CLASS A-1/CLASS A-3] NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALMENTS AND
MAY BE SUBJECT TO CHARGE-OFFS OR EXCHANGE AS SET FORTH BELOW, IN THE OFFERED
NOTE TRUST DEED AND IN THE OFFERED NOTE CONDITIONS. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS [CLASS A-1/CLASS A-3] NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN
THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE OF THIS [CLASS A-1 NOTE/CLASS A-3].

              PERPETUAL TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED ABN 42 000 001 007

    (a limited liability company incorporated under the law of Australia and
                  registered in the State of New South Wales)

 in its capacity as trustee of the Medallion Trust Series 2005-1G (the "SERIES
                             TRUST") (the "ISSUER")

                           [CLASS A-1/CLASS A-3] NOTE

This [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note is issued by the Issuer in an initial aggregate
principal amount of [US$/(euro)] [ ] (the "[CLASS A-1/CLASS A-3] NOTE") and is:

(a)    constituted by an Offered Note Trust Deed (the "OFFERED NOTE TRUST DEED")
       dated [ ] 2005 made between the Issuer, Securitisation Advisory Services
       Pty Limited ABN 88 064 133 946, (the "MANAGER") and The Bank of New York
       (the "OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE"); and

(b)    issued subject to, and with the benefit of, amongst other things:

       (i)    a Master Trust Deed (the "MASTER TRUST DEED") dated 8 October 1997
              made

                                                                              48

              between the Manager and Perpetual Trustee Company Limited as
              amended from time to time;

       (ii)   a Series Supplement (the "SERIES SUPPLEMENT") dated on or about 21
              January 2005 made between Commonwealth Bank of Australia ABN 48
              123 123 124, Homepath Pty Limited ABN 35 081 986 530, the Manager
              and the Issuer;

       (iii)  a Security Trust Deed (the "SECURITY TRUST DEED") dated on or
              about 21 January 2005 made between the Issuer, the Manager, the
              Offered Note Trustee and P.T. Limited ABN 67 004 454 666;

       (iv)   the Agency Agreement (the "AGENCY AGREEMENT") dated on or about 21
              January 2005 made between the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee,
              the Manager, The Bank of New York as Principal Paying Agent, Agent
              Bank and US Dollar Note Registrar and The Bank of New York, London
              Branch as Euro Note Registrar and Paying Agent;

       (v)    the Offered Note Trust Deed; and

       (vi)   the Offered Note Conditions as set out in the Annexure to this
              [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note (the "OFFERED NOTE CONDITIONS").

Unless defined in this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note, words and phrases defined in
either or both of the Offered Note Trust Deed and the Offered Note Conditions
have the same meaning in this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note. Where there is any
inconsistency in a definition between the Offered Note Trust Deed and the
Offered Note Conditions, the Offered Note Trust Deed prevails.

If this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note is a [Class A-1/Class A-3] Book-Entry Note
and the Issuer is obliged to issue [Class A-1/Class A-3] Definitive Notes under
clause 3.4(a) of the Offered Note Trust Deed, this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note
will be exchangeable in whole upon its surrender at the offices of the [US
Dollar/Euro] Note Registrar as specified in the Offered Note Conditions or
notified to [Class A-1/Class A-3] Noteholders from time to time (or such other
place as the Offered Note Trustee may agree) for [Class A-1/Class A-3]
Definitive Notes and the Issuer shall execute and procure that the Offered Note
Trustee authenticates and delivers in full exchange for this [Class A-1/Class
A-3] Note, [Class A-1/Class A-3] Definitive Notes in aggregate principal amount
equal to the then Invested Amount of this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note subject to
and in accordance with clause 3.4(b) of the Offered Note Trust Deed. The Issuer
is not obliged to issue [Class A-1/Class A-3] Definitive Notes until 30 days
after the occurrence of an event set out in clause 3.4(a) of the Offered Note
Trust Deed.

The Issuer, in its capacity as trustee of the Series Trust, subject to and in
accordance with this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note, the Offered Note Conditions,
the Agency Agreement, the Series Supplement and the Offered Note Trust Deed,
promises to pay to [Cede & Co./the common depository for Clearsteam, Luxembourg
and Euroclear] as the registered holder of this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note, or
to registered assigns of this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note, the principal sum of
[US$/(euro)] [ ] (or such part of that amount as may become repayable under the
Offered Note Conditions, the Series Supplement and the Offered Note Trust Deed)
on such date(s) as that principal sum (or any part of it) becomes repayable in
accordance with the Offered Note Conditions, the Series Supplement and the
Offered Note Trust Deed and to pay interest in arrears on each Quarterly
Distribution Date on the Invested Amount of this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note at
rates determined in accordance with Condition 6 of the Offered Note Conditions.
The [Class A-1/Class A-3] Definitive Notes to be issued on that exchange will be
in registered form each in the denomination of [US$/(euro)]100,000 or integral
multiples of [US$/(euro)]10,000. If the Issuer fails to meet its obligations to
issue [Class A-1/Class A-3] Definitive Notes, this shall be without prejudice to
the Issuer's obligations with respect to the [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes under
the Offered Note Trust Deed, the Master Trust Deed, the Series Supplement, the
Agency Agreement and this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note.

Payments of interest on this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note due and payable on each
Quarterly Distribution Date, together with the instalment of principal, if any,
shall be payable in accordance with Condition 8.1

                                                                              49

of the Offered Note Conditions and the Agency Agreement. If this [Class
A-1/Class A-3] Note is a [Class A-1/Class A-3] Book-Entry Note such payments
will be made to [the nominee of the Depository in respect of the Class A-1 Notes
(initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.)/the common depository for Clearsteam,
Luxembourg and Euroclear in respect of the Class A-3 Notes] and each of the
persons appearing from time to time in the records of [DTC/Clearsteam,
Luxembourg and Euroclear] as the holder of a beneficial interest in a [Class
A-1/Class A-3] Note will be entitled to receive any payment so made in respect
of that [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note only in accordance with the respective rules
and procedures of [DTC/Clearsteam, Luxembourg and Euroclear]. Such persons will
have no claim directly against the Issuer in respect of payments due on the
[Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes which must be made by the holder of this [Class
A-1/Class A-3] Note, for so long as this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note is
outstanding.

On any payment of principal and/or interest on the [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes
details of that payment shall be endorsed by or on behalf of the Issuer in the
[US Dollar/Euro] Note Register and, in the case of payments of principal, the
Invested Amount and the Stated Amount of the [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes shall
be reduced for all purposes by the amount so paid and endorsed in the [US
Dollar/Euro] Note Register. Any such record shall be prima facie evidence that
the payment in question has been made.

This [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note shall not become valid for any purpose unless
and until the Certificate of Authentication attached has been signed by an
Authorised Officer or other duly appointed representatives of the Offered Note
Trustee.

This [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note is governed by, and shall be construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New South Wales, Australia.

If this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note is a [Class A-1/Class A-3] Book-Entry Note,
this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note is a global note.

IN WITNESS the Issuer has caused this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note to be signed
manually by a person duly authorised on its behalf

PERPETUAL TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED by:

...........................................
Authorised Officer/duly appointed representative

IMPORTANT NOTES:

Neither the Manager nor the Issuer is under any obligation at any time to
repurchase any [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes from [Class A-1/Class A-3]
Noteholders.

This [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note is not a certificate of title and the [US
Dollar/Euro] Note Register on which these [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes are
registered is the only conclusive evidence of the title of the abovementioned
person to the [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes.

The Issuer issues this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note only in its role as trustee of
the Series Trust. Any obligation or liability of the Issuer arising under or in
any way connected with the Series Trust under the Master Trust Deed, the Series
Supplement, the Offered Note Trust Deed, this [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note or any
other Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party is limited to the
extent to which it can be satisfied out of the Assets of the Series Trust out of
which the Issuer is actually indemnified for the obligation or liability. This
limitation will not apply to any obligation or liability of the Issuer only to
the extent that it is not so satisfied because of any fraud, negligence or
wilful default on the part of the Issuer. The Issuer will have no liability for
any act or omission of the Manager or of any other person (other than a person
whose acts or omissions the Issuer is liable for in accordance with any
Transaction Document).

Transfers of the [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes must be pursuant to the annexed
form of assignment and otherwise in accordance with clause 5 of the Agency
Agreement.

                                                                              50

None of the Manager or the Commonwealth Bank of Australia ABN 48 123 123 124
(the "BANK") as a Seller and the Servicer, or any other member of the
Commonwealth Bank group or the Issuer in its personal capacity or as trustee of
any other trust guarantees the payment or repayment of any principal, interest
or other amounts owing in respect of the [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes.

The [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes do not represent deposits or other liabilities
of the Manager, either Seller, the Servicer, the Bank or any other Related Body
Corporate of the Bank. The holding of the [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes is subject
to investment risk, including possible delays in payment and loss of income and
principal invested. None of the Manager, either Seller, the Servicer, the Bank
or any other Related Body Corporate of the Bank stand in any way behind the
capital value and/or performance of the [Class A-1/Class A-3] Notes, or the
Assets held by the Series Trust.

                                                                              51

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note is authenticated by The Bank of New York as
Offered Note Trustee and until so authenticated shall not be valid for any
purpose.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK by:

.....................................
Authorised Officer/duly appointed representative

                                                                              52

ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D., or other identifying number of assignee:

For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         (name and address of assignee)

the within [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby
irrevocably constitutes and appoints _________________________, attorney, to
transfer said [Class A-1/Class A-3] Note on the books kept for registration
thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                                                         *
      ----------------------------           ----------------------------------

                                             Signature Guaranteed:

                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signatures must be guaranteed by an
                                             "eligible guarantor institution"
                                             meeting the requirements of the [US
                                             Dollar/Euro] Note Registrar, which
                                             requirements include membership or
                                             participation in STAMP or such
                                             other "signature guarantee program"
                                             as may be determined by the [US
                                             Dollar/Euro] Note Registrar in
                                             addition to, or in substitution
                                             for, STAMP, all in accordance with
                                             the Securities Exchange Act of
                                             1934, as amended.

----------------------------
* NOTE: The signatures to this assignment must correspond with the name of the
registered owner as it appears on the face of the within [Class A-1/Class A-3]
Note in every particular without alteration, enlargement or any change
whatsoever.

                                                                              53

SCHEDULE 2
FORM OF OFFERED NOTE CONDITIONS

The following, subject to amendments, are the terms and conditions of the
Offered Notes, substantially as they will appear on the reverse of the Offered
Notes.

Offered Notes will initially be issued in book-entry form. Offered Notes in
definitive form will only be issued in limited circumstances. While the Offered
Notes remain in book-entry form, the same terms and conditions govern them,
except to the extent that they are appropriate only to the Offered Notes in
definitive form.

1.     GENERAL

       The issue of the:

       (a)    US$[ ] Class A-1 Mortgage Backed Floating Rate Notes due [May 10,
              2036] (the "CLASS A-1 NOTES");

       (b)    the A$[ ] Class A-2 Mortgage Backed Floating Rate Notes due [May
              10, 2036] (the "CLASS A-2 NOTES");

       (c)    the (euro)[ ] Class A-3 Mortgage Backed Floating Rate Notes due
              [May 10, 2036] (the "CLASS A-3 NOTES"); and

       (d)    the A$[ ] Class B Mortgage Backed Floating Rate Notes due [May 10,
              2036] (the "CLASS B NOTES" and together with the Class A-1 Notes,
              the Class A-2 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes, the "NOTES"),

       by Perpetual Trustee Company Limited ABN 42 000 001 007, ("PERPETUAL") in
       its capacity as trustee of the Medallion Trust Series 2005-1G (the
       "SERIES TRUST") (Perpetual in such capacity, the "ISSUER") was authorised
       by a resolution of the board of directors of Perpetual passed on [ ]
       2005.

       The Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes (together the "OFFERED
       NOTES"):

       (a)    are constituted by an Offered Note Trust Deed (the "OFFERED NOTE
              TRUST DEED") dated on or about [ ] 2005 made between the Issuer,
              Securitisation Advisory Services Pty Limited ABN 88 064 133 946
              (the "MANAGER") and The Bank of New York (the "OFFERED NOTE
              TRUSTEE") as trustee for the several persons who are for the time
              being registered holders of the:

              (i)    Class A-1 Notes (each a "CLASS A-1 NOTEHOLDER" and together
                     the "CLASS A-1 NOTEHOLDERS"); and

              (ii)   Class A-3 Notes (each a "CLASS A-3 NOTEHOLDER" and together
                     the "CLASS A-3 NOTEHOLDERS"),

              (the Class A-1 Noteholders together with the Class A-3
              Noteholders, being the "OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS");

       (e)    are issued subject to, and with the direct or indirect benefit of,
              amongst other things:

              (i)    a Master Trust Deed (the "MASTER TRUST DEED") dated 8
                     October 1997 made between the Manager and Perpetual, as
                     amended from time to time;

              (ii)   a Series Supplement (the "SERIES SUPPLEMENT") dated on or
                     about [ ] 2005 made between Commonwealth Bank of Australia
                     ABN 48 123 123 124 (generally the "BANK" and in its
                     respective capacities under the

                                                                              54

                     Series Supplement, a "SELLER" and the initial "SERVICER"),
                     Homepath Pty Limited ABN 35 081 986 530 (a "SELLER"), the
                     Manager and Perpetual;

              (iii)  a Security Trust Deed (the "SECURITY TRUST DEED") dated on
                     or about [ ] 2005 made between the Issuer, the Manager, the
                     Offered Note Trustee and P.T. Limited ABN 67 004 454 666
                     (the "SECURITY TRUSTEE");

              (iv)   the Offered Note Trust Deed;

              (v)    these terms and conditions (the "CONDITIONS"); and

              (vi)   the Agency Agreement (as defined below).

       Certain provisions of these Conditions (including the definitions herein)
       are summaries of the Transaction Documents and are subject to the
       detailed provisions of the Transaction Documents, a copy of which may be
       inspected as indicated in CONDITION 3.

       Payments of interest and principal, and the calculation of certain
       amounts and rates, under these Conditions in respect of the Offered Notes
       will be made pursuant to an Agency Agreement (the "AGENCY AGREEMENT")
       dated on or about [ ] 2005 made between the Issuer, the Offered Note
       Trustee, the Manager, The Bank of New York, as the initial principal
       paying agent (the "PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT") (together with any other
       paying agent appointed from time to time under the Agency Agreement, the
       "PAYING AGENTS"), as the initial agent bank (the "AGENT BANK") and as the
       initial US Dollar note registrar for the Class A-1 Notes (the "US DOLLAR
       NOTE REGISTRAR") and The Bank of New York, London Branch as an initial
       paying agent for the Offered Notes and the initial Euro note registrar
       for the Class A-3 Notes (the "EURO NOTE REGISTRAR" and, together with the
       US Dollar Note Registrar, the "OFFERED NOTE REGISTRARS").

       The Issuer has entered into an ISDA Master Agreement (the "CURRENCY SWAP
       AGREEMENT") with the Bank (the "CURRENCY SWAP PROVIDER") and the Manager,
       together with a schedule and a credit support annex dated [ ] and:

       (a)    a confirmation dated on or about [ ] 2005 relating thereto in
              respect of the Class A-1 Notes (such confirmation documenting the
              "CLASS A-1 CURRENCY SWAP"); and

       (f)    a confirmation dated on or about [ ] 2005 relating thereto in
              respect of the Class A-3 Notes (such confirmation documenting the
              "CLASS A-3 CURRENCY SWAP" and, together with the Class A-1
              Currency Swap, the "CURRENCY Swaps").

       Application will be made to the Irish Stock Exchange for the Offered
       Notes to be admitted to the Daily Official List.

       "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means the Master Trust Deed in so far as it
       relates to the Series Trust, the Series Supplement, the Currency Swap
       Agreement, the Interest Rate Swap Agreement, the Liquidity Facility
       Agreement, the Standby Redraw Facility Agreement, the PMI Mortgage
       Insurance Policy, the Security Trust Deed, the Dealer Agreement, the
       Underwriting Agreement, the Offered Note Trust Deed, these Conditions,
       the Agency Agreement and any other document which is agreed by the
       Manager and the Issuer to be a Transaction Document in relation to the
       Series Trust.

       "DEALER AGREEMENT", "PMI MORTGAGE INSURANCE POLICY", "INTEREST RATE SWAP
       AGREEMENT", "LIQUIDITY FACILITY AGREEMENT", "STANDBY REDRAW FACILITY
       AGREEMENT" and "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT" have the same respective meanings
       as in the Series Supplement.

       "US$" means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States
       of America, "(EURO)"

                                                                              55

       means the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that
       adopt the single currency in accordance with the EC Treaty and "A$" means
       the lawful currency for the time being of the Commonwealth of Australia.

2.     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

2.1    INCORPORATED DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

       Where in these Conditions a word or expression is defined by reference to
       its meaning in another Transaction Document or there is a reference to
       another Transaction Document or to a provision of another Transaction
       Document, any amendment to the meaning of that word or expression, to
       that other Transaction Document or to that provision (as the case may be)
       will be of no effect for the purposes of these Conditions unless and
       until the amendment:

       (a)    if it does not effect a Payment Modification (as defined in
              CONDITION 10.3) is either:

              (i)    if the Offered Note Trustee is of the opinion that the
                     amendment will not be materially prejudicial to the
                     interests of the Offered Noteholders, consented to by the
                     Offered Note Trustee; or

              (ii)   otherwise, approved by a Special Majority (as defined in
                     CONDITION 10.3) of the Offered Noteholders under the
                     Offered Note Trust Deed; or

       (b)    if the amendment does effect a Payment Modification (as defined in
              CONDITION 10.3), is consented to by each Offered Noteholder.

2.2    INTERPRETATION

       In these Conditions, unless the context otherwise requires:

       (a)    a reference to a party includes that party's executors,
              administrators, successors, substitutes and assigns, including any
              person replacing that party by way of novation;

       (b)    a reference to any regulation or to any section or provision
              thereof includes any statutory modification or re-enactment or any
              statutory provision substituted therefore and all ordinances,
              by-laws, regulations and other statutory instruments issued
              thereunder;

       (c)    subject to CONDITION 2.1, a reference to any document or agreement
              is a reference to such document or agreement as amended, varied,
              supplemented or replaced from time to time;

       (d)    words importing the singular include the plural (and vice versa);

       (e)    words denoting a given gender include all other genders; and

       (f)    headings are for convenience only and do not affect the
              interpretation of these Conditions.

2.3    CALCULATIONS

       Except as expressly provided otherwise in these Conditions, all
       calculations in a given currency under these Conditions will be rounded
       down to the nearest cent in that currency and all other calculations and
       percentages determined hereunder will be rounded down to the nearest 4
       decimal places.

                                                                              56

3.     OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS BOUND

       The Offered Noteholders are bound by, and are deemed to have notice of,
       all the provisions of the Transaction Documents. A copy of each
       Transaction Document is available for inspection during normal business
       hours on New York business days at the registered office for the time
       being of the Offered Note Trustee (which is, at the date of these
       Conditions, 101 Barclay Street, 21W, New York, New York, 10286).

4.     FORM, DENOMINATION AND TITLE OF AND TO, AND THE ISSUE OF DEFINITIVE,
       OFFERED NOTES

4.1    FORM AND DENOMINATION

       The Offered Notes will be issued in registered form and:

       (a)    in the case of the Class A-1 Notes, in minimum denominations of
              US$100,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000; and

       (b)    in the case of the Class A-3 Notes, in minimum denominations of
              (euro)100,000 and integral multiples of (euro)1,000.

       The initial principal amount of each Offered Note (the "INITIAL INVESTED
       AMOUNT" in relation to that Offered Note) will be stated on its face.

4.2    TITLE

       Title to the Offered Notes will only be shown on, and will only pass by
       registration in, the registers (the "OFFERED NOTE REGISTERS") maintained
       by the Offered Note Registrars in accordance with the Agency Agreement.
       Offered Notes may be transferred, or may be exchanged for other Offered
       Notes of the same class in any authorised denominations and a like
       Invested Amount (as defined in CONDITION 6.5), upon the surrender of the
       Offered Notes to be transferred or exchanged duly endorsed with or
       accompanied by a written instrument of transfer and exchange duly
       executed (with such execution guaranteed by an eligible guarantor
       institution) and the provision of such other documents as the relevant
       Offered Note Registrar may reasonably require, to a specified office of
       the relevant Offered Note Registrar (as set out at the end of these
       Conditions or otherwise notified to Offered Noteholders) subject to and
       in accordance with the Agency Agreement. No service charge may be made
       for any transfer or exchange, but the relevant Offered Note Registrar may
       require payment by the Offered Noteholder of a sum sufficient to cover
       any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
       with any transfer or exchange of Offered Notes. The relevant Offered Note
       Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of Offered Notes for a
       period of 30 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to
       the Offered Notes or for a period, not exceeding 30 days, specified by
       the Offered Note Trustee prior to any meeting, which includes Offered
       Noteholders, under the Master Trust Deed or the Security Trust Deed. The
       Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee, the Manager, the Agent Bank and each
       Paying Agent may accept the correctness of the Offered Note Registers and
       any information provided to it by the relevant Offered Note Registrar and
       is not required to enquire into its authenticity. None of the Issuer, the
       Offered Note Trustee, the Manager, the Agent Bank, any Paying Agent or
       the relevant Offered Note Registrar is liable for any mistake in the
       Offered Note Registers or in any purported copy except to the extent that
       the mistake is attributable to its own fraud, negligence or wilful
       default.

5.     STATUS, SECURITY AND RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE OFFERED NOTES, THE CLASS
       A-2 NOTES, THE CLASS B NOTES AND THE REDRAW BONDS

5.1    STATUS OF THE SECURITIES

       The Notes and the Redraw Bonds (as defined in CONDITION 5.6) (together
       the "SECURITIES") are direct, secured (as described in CONDITION 5.2)
       limited recourse (as described in CONDITION

                                                                              57

       5.3) obligations of the Issuer.

5.2    SECURITY

       The obligations of the Issuer under the Securities are (amongst the other
       payment obligations of the Issuer comprising the Secured Moneys (as
       defined below)) secured, pursuant to the Security Trust Deed, in favour
       of the Security Trustee as trustee for the Secured Creditors (as defined
       below), by a floating charge (the "CHARGE") over all of the assets and
       property, real and personal (including choses in action and other
       rights), tangible and intangible, present or future, of the Series Trust
       (the "CHARGED PROPERTY"). The Charged Property includes an equitable
       interest in certain mortgage loans, and related mortgages, acquired by
       the Issuer from the Sellers. The Charge is a first ranking security,
       subject only to the Prior Interest in the Charged Property.

       "INVESTED AMOUNT" in relation to an Offered Note is defined in CONDITION
       6.5 and in relation to a Class A-2 Note, Class B Note or Redraw Bond (as
       defined in CONDITION 5.6) means A$100,000 less the aggregate of all
       amounts previously paid in relation to that Class A-2 Note, Class B Note
       or Redraw Bond on account of principal pursuant to clause 10.5 of the
       Series Supplement.

       "PRIOR INTEREST" means the lien over, and right of indemnification from,
       the Charged Property held by the Issuer under, and calculated in
       accordance with, the Master Trust Deed for the fees, costs, charges and
       expenses incurred by or payable to the Issuer (in its capacity as trustee
       of the Series Trust) in accordance with the Master Trust Deed and the
       Series Supplement (other than the Secured Moneys and other than the
       Arranging Fees (as defined in the Series Supplement) payable to the
       Manager) which are unpaid or paid by the Issuer but not reimbursed to the
       Issuer from the assets and property of the Series Trust.

       "SECURED CREDITORS" means the Offered Note Trustee (in its personal
       capacity and as trustee of the Offered Note Trust established under the
       Offered Note Trust Deed), each Agent, each Securityholder, each Hedge
       Provider (as defined in the Series Supplement), the Liquidity Facility
       Provider (as defined in the Series Supplement), the Standby Redraw
       Facility Provider (as defined in the Series Supplement), the Servicer and
       each Seller.

       "SECURED MONEYS" means, without double counting, the aggregate of all
       moneys owing to the Security Trustee or to a Secured Creditor under any
       of the Transaction Documents, whether such amounts are liquidated or not
       or are contingent or presently accrued due, and includes all rights
       sounding in damages only provided that:

       (a)    the amount owing by the Issuer in relation to the principal
              component of a Security is to be calculated by reference to the
              Invested Amount of that Security;

       (b)    the amount owing by the Issuer in relation to the principal
              component of the Standby Redraw Facility Agreement is to be
              calculated by reference to the aggregate of the Standby Redraw
              Facility Principal and the Unreimbursed Principal Chargeoffs (as
              defined in CONDITION 7.10) in relation to the Standby Redraw
              Facility Principal; and

       (c)    the Secured Moneys do not include any fees or value added tax
              payable to the Offered Note Trustee or an Agent referred to in
              clause 12.7 of the Offered Note Trust Deed or Clause 12.6 of the
              Agency Agreement.

       "SECURITYHOLDERS" means the Offered Noteholders, the Class A-2
       Noteholders (as defined in the Series Supplement), the Class B
       Noteholders (as defined in the Series Supplement) and the Redraw
       Bondholders (as defined in the Series Supplement).

       "STANDBY REDRAW FACILITY PRINCIPAL" has the same meaning as in the Series
       Supplement.

                                                                              58

5.3    LIMITED RECOURSE

       The liability of the Issuer to make interest and principal payments on
       the Offered Notes is limited, except in certain circumstances described
       in CONDITION 12, to the assets and property of the Series Trust available
       for this purpose in accordance with, and subject to the order of priority
       of payments in, the Series Supplement (prior to enforcement of the
       Charge) or the Security Trust Deed (following enforcement of the Charge).

       The net proceeds of realisation of the assets and property of the Series
       Trust (including following enforcement of the Charge) may be insufficient
       to pay all amounts due to the Offered Noteholders and any other amounts
       ranking in priority to or equally with amounts due to the Offered
       Noteholders. Except in the limited circumstances described in CONDITION
       12, the assets of Perpetual held in its personal capacity will not be
       available for payment of any shortfall arising and all claims in respect
       of such shortfall will be extinguished. The assets of Perpetual held in
       its capacity as trustee of any other trust (including any other series
       trust established pursuant to the Master Trust Deed) will not in any
       circumstances be available to pay any amounts due to Offered Noteholders.

       None of the Bank, either Seller, the Manager, the Offered Note Trustee,
       the Security Trustee, any Agent, the Currency Swap Provider or the
       Managers (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), amongst others, has
       any obligation to any Offered Noteholder for payment of any amount owed
       by the Issuer in respect of the Offered Notes.

5.4    NO PREFERENCE WITHIN THE OFFERED NOTES

       The Offered Notes rank equally and rateably and without any preference or
       priority among themselves except for, after enforcement of the Charge,
       the application of any termination payment payable by the Currency Swap
       Provider to the Issuer under a Currency Swap. Any such termination
       payment in respect of the Class A-1 Currency Swap will be applied
       rateably amongst the Class A-1 Noteholders and any such termination
       payment in respect of the Class A-3 Currency Swap will be applied
       rateably amongst the Class A-3 Noteholders.

5.5    RANKING OF OFFERED NOTES AND CLASS A-2 NOTES

       (a)    Prior to the enforcement of the Charge, under the Series
              Supplement the Offered Notes and Class A-2 Notes will rank equally
              and rateably in relation to the allocation and payment of interest
              and principal. The amounts payable by the Issuer under the Series
              Supplement in relation to the Offered Notes will be calculated by
              reference to the applicable Australian dollar amounts payable by
              the Issuer to the Currency Swap Provider, which rank equally and
              rateably with amounts payable in respect of the Class A-2 Notes,
              which in turn will be applied to meet the payment of interest and
              the repayment of principal (as applicable) on the Offered Notes as
              explained, respectively, in CONDITIONS 6.10 and 7.2.

       (b)    Following enforcement of the Charge, under the Security Trust Deed
              the payment of amounts owing in relation to the Offered Notes and
              the Class A-2 Notes will rank rateably (the amounts owing in
              respect of the Offered Notes will, for the purposes of determining
              distributions to, and allocations between, the Offered
              Noteholders, the Class A-2 Noteholders and the other Secured
              Creditors, be converted into A$ in accordance with the Security
              Trust Deed).

5.6    ISSUE OF REDRAW BONDS

       Under the Series Supplement, the Issuer is entitled to issue debt
       securities ("REDRAW BONDS") from time to time at the direction of the
       Manager. If prior to a Determination Date, the Manager considers that the
       aggregate of:

                                                                              59

       (a)    the amount by which the aggregate of the Principal Collections,
              the Principal Draw Reimbursement, the Principal Chargeoff
              Reimbursements (as defined in CONDITION 7.10) and the Other
              Principal Amounts for the Collection Period ending on the
              Determination Date exceeds any Net Income Shortfall on that
              Determination Date; and

       (b)    the Standby Redraw Facility Advance (if any) to be made on the
              next Monthly Distribution Date,

       as estimated by the Manager are likely to be insufficient to meet in full
       the aggregate of:

       (c)    the Seller Advances; and

       (d)    the Standby Redraw Facility Principal,

       that the Manager estimates will be outstanding on the Determination Date,
       the Manager may direct the Issuer to issue Redraw Bonds for a principal
       amount specified in the direction. The maximum Stated Amount (as
       hereinafter defined) of the Redraw Bonds outstanding on any Monthly
       Distribution Date (after taking into account any expected repayment of
       principal on the Redraw Bonds on that Monthly Distribution Date) must not
       exceed the Redraw Bond Principal Limit.

       "COLLECTION PERIOD", "DETERMINATION DATE", "MONTHLY DISTRIBUTION DATE",
       "NET INCOME SHORTFALL", "OTHER PRINCIPAL AMOUNT", "PRINCIPAL
       COLLECTIONS", "PRINCIPAL DRAW REIMBURSEMENT", "REDRAW BOND PRINCIPAL
       LIMIT", "SELLER ADVANCE", "STANDBY REDRAW FACILITY ADVANCE" and "STATED
       AMOUNT" in relation to the Redraw Bonds have the same respective meanings
       as in the Series Supplement.

       Prior to the enforcement of the Charge, under the Series Supplement: (i)
       the payment of interest on the Redraw Bonds will rank equally and
       rateably with the payment of interest on the Offered Notes and Class A-2
       Notes (or, in the case of the Offered Notes, equally and rateably with
       the payment of the relevant A$ amounts by the Issuer to the Currency Swap
       Provider which in turn will be applied to meet the payment of interest on
       the Offered Notes as explained in CONDITION 6.10); and (ii) the repayment
       of principal on the Redraw Bonds will rank ahead of the repayment of
       principal on the Offered Notes and Class A-2 Notes (or, in the case of
       the Offered Notes, ahead of the payment of the relevant A$ amounts by the
       Issuer to the Currency Swap Provider which in turn will be applied to
       meet the repayment of principal on the Offered Notes as explained in
       CONDITION 7.2).

       Following the enforcement of the Charge, under the Security Trust Deed
       the payment of amounts owing in relation to the Redraw Bonds will rank
       rateably with the payment of amounts owing in relation to the Offered
       Notes (the amounts owing in respect of the Offered Notes will, for the
       purposes of determining distributions to, and allocations between, the
       Offered Noteholders and Redraw Bondholders and other Secured Creditors,
       be converted into A$ in accordance with the Security Trust Deed).

5.7    SUBORDINATION OF CLASS B NOTES

       Prior to the enforcement of the Charge, the payment of interest in
       relation to the Class B Notes is subordinated to, amongst other things,
       the payment of interest on the Offered Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the
       Redraw Bonds in accordance with the Series Supplement; and the repayment
       of the principal on the Class B Notes is, to a certain extent,
       subordinated to, amongst other things, the repayment of the principal on
       the Offered Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Redraw Bonds in accordance
       with the calculations to be made of the amounts to be paid by the Issuer
       under the Series Supplement (in the case of the Offered Notes, the
       subordination of the Class B Notes is in respect of the relevant A$
       amounts payable by the Issuer to the Currency Swap Provider which in turn
       will be applied to meet the payment of interest and the repayment of
       principal on the Offered Notes as explained, respectively, in

                                                                              60

       CONDITIONS 6.10 and 7.2.).

       Following the enforcement of the Charge, in the distribution of the net
       proceeds (if any) arising from the enforcement of the Charge, any payment
       in relation to the Class B Notes will be subordinated to, amongst other
       things, payment of all amounts due in relation to the Offered Notes, the
       Class A-2 Notes and the Redraw Bonds (the amounts owing in respect of the
       Offered Notes will, for the purposes of determining distributions to, and
       allocations between, the Offered Noteholders, Class A-2 Noteholders,
       Class B Noteholders and other Secured Creditors, be converted into A$ in
       accordance with the Security Trust Deed).

       The Security Trust Deed contains provisions requiring the Security
       Trustee, subject to other provisions of the Security Trust Deed, to give
       priority to the interests of the Offered Noteholders, Class A-2
       Noteholders and the Redraw Bondholders if there is a conflict between the
       interests of the Offered Noteholders, Class A-2 Noteholders and the
       Redraw Bondholders (on the one hand) and any other Secured Creditor,
       including the Class B Noteholders (on the other hand). In determining the
       interests of the Offered Noteholders, the Security Trustee may rely on a
       determination of the Offered Note Trustee.

5.8    THE SECURITIES RANK EQUALLY EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THE TRANSACTION
       DOCUMENTS

       The Securities enjoy the same rights, entitlements, benefits and
       restrictions except as expressly provided in the Transaction Documents.

6.     INTEREST

6.1    PERIOD OF ACCRUAL

       Each Offered Note accrues interest from (and including) [February 1,]
       2005 (the "CLOSING DATE") and ceases to accrue interest on (but
       excluding) the earliest of:

       (a)    the date on which the Stated Amount (as hereinafter defined) of
              the Offered Note is reduced to zero and all accrued but previously
              unpaid interest, is paid in full;

       (b)    the date on which the Offered Note is redeemed or repaid in full
              in accordance with CONDITION 7 (other than CONDITION 7.6) unless,
              upon presentation, payment is improperly withheld or refused in
              which case the Offered Note will continue to bear interest in
              accordance with this CONDITION 6 (both before and after judgment)
              until (but excluding) whichever is the earlier of:

              (i)    the day on which all sums due in respect of the Offered
                     Note up to that day are received by or on behalf of the
                     Offered Noteholder; and

              (ii)   the seventh day after notice is given to the Offered
                     Noteholder (either in accordance with CONDITION 11.1 or
                     individually) that, where required by CONDITION 8.2, upon
                     presentation thereof being duly made, such payment will be
                     made, provided that upon such presentation payment is in
                     fact made; and

       (c)    the date on which the Offered Note is deemed to be redeemed in
              accordance with CONDITION 7.6.

       "STATED AMOUNT" in relation to:

       (a)    an Offered Note at any given time means the Initial Invested
              Amount of that Offered Note less the sum of:

              (i)    the aggregate of all amounts previously paid in relation to
                     that Offered Note on account of principal pursuant to
                     CONDITION 7.2(c); and

                                                                              61

              (ii)   the aggregate of all then Unreimbursed Principal Chargeoffs
                     (as defined in CONDITION 7.10) in relation to that Offered
                     Note; and

       (b)    any A$ Security (as defined in the Series Supplement) at any given
              time means A$100,000 less the sum of:

              (i)    the aggregate of all amounts previously paid in relation to
                     that A$ Security on account of principal pursuant to clause
                     10.3(d) of the Series Supplement; and

              (ii)   the aggregate of all then Unreimbursed Principal Chargeoffs
                     (as defined in the Series Supplement) in relation to that
                     A$ Security.

6.2    ACCRUAL PERIODS

       The period that an Offered Note accrues interest in accordance with
       CONDITION 6.1 is divided into periods (each an "ACCRUAL PERIOD"). The
       first Accrual Period for an Offered Note commences on (and includes) the
       Closing Date and ends on (but does not include) the first Quarterly
       Distribution Date thereafter. Each succeeding Accrual Period for a Class
       A Note commences on (and includes) a Quarterly Distribution Date and ends
       on (but does not include) the next Quarterly Distribution Date. The final
       Accrual Period for an Offered Note ends on (but does not include) the
       date on which interest ceases to accrue on the Offered Note pursuant to
       CONDITION 6.1.

       "QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION DATE" means the [10th day of February, May,
       August and November] in each year (or, if such a day is not a Business
       Day, the next Business Day). The first Quarterly Distribution Date is
       [May 10,] 2005 (or, if that day is not a Business Day, the next Business
       Day).

       "BUSINESS DAY" means any day on which banks are open for business in
       Sydney, New York City and London and any TARGET Settlement Day, other
       than a Saturday, a Sunday or a public holiday in Sydney, New York City or
       London.

       "TARGET SETTLEMENT DAY" means any day on which TARGET (the Trans-European
       Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer System) is open.

6.3    INTEREST RATE FOR THE CLASS A-1 NOTES

       The rate of interest ("INTEREST RATE") payable from time to time in
       respect of a Class A-1 Note and an Accrual Period is the aggregate of
       USD-LIBOR-BBA (as hereinafter defined) for that Accrual Period and the
       Issue Margin (as hereinafter defined) in relation to the Class A-1 Note.

       "USD-LIBOR-BBA" for an Accrual Period will be calculated by the Agent
       Bank in accordance with paragraph (a) (or, if applicable, paragraph (b))
       below (subject, in the case of the first Accrual Period, to paragraph (c)
       below):

       (a)    on the second Banking Day before the beginning of the Accrual
              Period (a "CLASS A-1 RATE SET DATE") the Agent Bank will determine
              the rate "USD-LIBOR-BBA" as the applicable Floating Rate Option
              under the 2000 ISDA Definitions of the International Swaps and
              Derivatives Association, Inc. ("ISDA") (the "ISDA DEFINITIONS")
              being the rate applicable to any Accrual Period for three-month
              deposits in US dollars in the London inter-bank market which
              appears on the Class A-1 Rate Page (as hereinafter defined) as of
              11.00am, London time, on the Class A-1 Rate Set Date;

       (b)    if such rate does not appear on the Class A-1 Rate Page at that
              time, the USD-LIBOR-BBA for that Accrual Period will be determined
              as if the Issuer and the Agent Bank had specified
              "USD-LIBOR-Reference Banks" as the applicable Floating Rate Option
              under the ISDA Definitions. For this purpose

                                                                              62

              "USD-LIBOR-Reference Banks" means that the rate for an Accrual
              Period will be determined on the basis of the rates at which
              deposits in US dollars are offered by the Reference Banks (being
              four major banks in the London interbank market determined by the
              Agent Bank) at approximately 11.00am, London time, on the Class
              A-1 Rate Set Date to prime banks in the London interbank market
              for a period of three months commencing on the first day of the
              Accrual Period and in a Representative Amount (as defined in the
              ISDA Definitions). The Agent Bank will request the principal
              London office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a
              quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are
              provided, the USD-LIBOR-BBA for that Accrual Period will be the
              arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations
              are provided as requested, the USD-LIBOR-BBA for that Accrual
              Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by not less
              than two major banks in New York City, selected by the Agent Bank
              and the Currency Swap Provider, at approximately 11.00am, New York
              City time, on that Class A-1 Rate Set Date for loans in US dollars
              to leading European banks for a period of three months commencing
              on the first day of the Accrual Period and in a Representative
              Amount. If no such rates are available in New York City, then the
              USD-LIBOR-BBA for such Accrual Period will be the most recently
              determined rate in accordance with paragraph (a); and

       (c)    the USD-LIBOR-BBA for the first Accrual Period will be the rate
              determined by linear interpolation calculated in accordance with
              paragraph (a) or, if applicable, paragraph (b) above with
              reference to the duration of the first Accrual Period.

       "BANKING DAY" means any day on which banks are open for business in
       London and New York City, other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a public
       holiday in London or New York City.

       "CLASS A-1 RATE PAGE" means Telerate Page 3750 or, if Telerate Page 3750
       ceases to quote the relevant rate, such other page, section or part of
       Telerate as quotes the relevant rate and is selected by the Agent Bank
       or, if there is no such page, section or part of such other page, section
       or part of a different screen information service as quotes the relevant
       rate selected by the Agent Bank and approved by the Offered Note Trustee.

       "ISSUE MARGIN" in relation to a Class A-1 Note means, subject to the
       following:

       (a)    for the period from, and including, the Closing Date to, but
              excluding, the first Quarterly Distribution Date (the "STEP-UP
              DATE") after the Quarterly Distribution Date on which the
              aggregate Mortgage Loan Principal (as defined in the Series
              Supplement) expressed as a percentage of the aggregate Mortgage
              Loan Principal at the beginning of business (Sydney time) on
              [January 25,] 2005 falls below 10%, [ ]% per annum; and

       (b)    for the period from, and including, the Step-Up Date to, but
              excluding, the date on which that Class A-1 Note ceases to accrue
              interest in accordance with CONDITION 6.1, [ ]% per annum.

       If the Issuer, at the direction of the Manager, proposes to exercise its
       option to redeem the Securities at their Stated Amount in accordance with
       CONDITION 7.3 on a Quarterly Distribution Date but is unable to do so
       because, following a meeting of Securityholders convened under the
       provisions of the Security Trust Deed by the Manager for this purpose,
       the Securityholders have not approved by an Extraordinary Resolution (as
       defined in CONDITION 9.1) the redemption of the Securities at their
       Stated Amount, then the Issue Margin in relation to each Class A-1 Note
       from, and including, that Quarterly Distribution Date to, but excluding,
       the date on which that Class A-1 Note ceases to accrue interest in
       accordance with CONDITION 6.1, is [ ]% per annum.

       There is no maximum or minimum Interest Rate for the Class A-1 Notes.

                                                                              63

6.4    INTEREST RATE FOR THE CLASS A-3 NOTES

       The Interest Rate payable from time to time in respect of a Class A-3
       Note and an Accrual Period is the aggregate of EUR-EURIBOR-Telerate (as
       hereinafter defined) for that Accrual Period and the Issue Margin (as
       hereinafter defined) in relation to the Class A-3 Note.

       "EUR-EURIBOR-TELERATE" for an Accrual Period will be calculated by the
       Agent Bank in accordance with paragraph (a) (or, if applicable, paragraph
       (b)) below (subject, in the case of the first Accrual Period, to
       paragraph (c) below):

       (a)    on the second TARGET Settlement Day before the beginning of the
              Accrual Period (a "CLASS A-3 RATE SET DATE") the Agent Bank will
              determine the rate "EUR-EURIBOR-TELERATE" as the applicable
              Floating Rate Option under the ISDA Definitions being the rate
              applicable for three-month deposits in Euros which appears on the
              Class A-3 Rate Page (as hereinafter defined) as of 11.00 a.m.,
              Brussels time, on the Class A-3 Rate Set Date;

       (b)    if such rate does not appear on the Class A-3 Rate Page at that
              time, the EUR-EURIBOR-Telerate for that Accrual Period will be
              determined as if the Issuer and the Agent Bank had specified
              "EUR-EURIBOR-REFERENCE BANKS" as the applicable Floating Rate
              Option under the ISDA Definitions. For this purpose
              "EUR-EURIBOR-REFERENCE BANKS" means that the rate for an Accrual
              Period will be determined on the basis of the rates at which
              deposits in Euros are offered by the Reference Banks (being four
              major banks in the Euro-zone interbank market determined by the
              Agent Bank) at approximately 11.00 a.m., Brussels time, on the
              Class A-3 Rate Set Date to prime banks in the Euro-zone interbank
              market for a period of three months commencing on the first day of
              that Accrual Period and in a Representative Amount (as defined in
              the ISDA Definitions). The Agent Bank will request the principal
              Euro-zone office of each of the Reference Banks to provide a
              quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are
              provided, the EUR-EURIBOR-Telerate for that Accrual Period will be
              the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two
              quotations are provided as requested, the EUR-EURIBOR-Telerate for
              that Accrual Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates
              quoted by not less than two major banks in the Euro-zone, selected
              by the Agent Bank, at approximately 11.00 a.m., Brussels time, on
              that Class A-3 Rate Set Date for loans in Euros to leading
              European banks for a period of three months commencing on the
              first day of that Accrual Period and in a Representative Amount.
              If no such rates are available in Brussels, then the
              EUR-EURIBOR-Telerate for such Accrual Period will be the most
              recently determined rate in accordance with paragraph (a); and

       (c)    the EUR-EURIBOR-Telerate for the first Accrual Period will be the
              rate determined by linear interpolation calculated in accordance
              with paragraph (a) or, if applicable, paragraph (b) above with
              reference to the duration of the first Accrual Period.

       "CLASS A-3 RATE PAGE" means Telerate Page 248 or, if Telerate Page 248
       ceases to quote the relevant rate, such other page, section or part of
       Telerate as quotes the relevant rate and is selected by the Agent Bank
       or, if there is no such page, section or part of such other page, section
       or part of a different screen information service as quotes the relevant
       rate selected by the Agent Bank and approved by the Offered Note Trustee.

       "ISSUE MARGIN" in relation to a Class A-3 Note means, subject to the
       following:

       (a)    for the period from, and including, the Closing Date to, but
              excluding, the first Quarterly Distribution Date (the "STEP-UP
              DATE") after the Quarterly Distribution Date on which the
              aggregate Mortgage Loan Principal (as defined in the Series
              Supplement) expressed as a percentage of the aggregate Mortgage
              Loan Principal at

                                                                              64

              the beginning of business (Sydney time) on [January 25,] 2005
              falls below 10%, [ ]% per annum; and

       (b)    for the period from, and including, the Step-Up Date to, but
              excluding, the date on which that Class A-3 Note ceases to accrue
              interest in accordance with CONDITION 6.1, [ ]% per annum.

       If the Issuer, at the direction of the Manager, proposes to exercise its
       option to redeem the Securities at their Stated Amount in accordance with
       CONDITION 7.3 on a Quarterly Distribution Date but is unable to do so
       because, following a meeting of Securityholders convened under the
       provisions of the Security Trust Deed by the Manager for this purpose,
       the Securityholders have not approved by an Extraordinary Resolution (as
       defined in CONDITION 9.1) the redemption of the Securities at their
       Stated Amount, then the Issue Margin in relation to each Class A-3 Note
       from, and including, that Quarterly Distribution Date to, but excluding,
       the date on which that Class A-3 Note ceases to accrue interest in
       accordance with CONDITION 6.1, is [ ]% per annum.

       There is no maximum or minimum Interest Rate for the Class A-3 Notes.

6.5    CALCULATION OF INTEREST ON THE OFFERED NOTES

       (a)    Interest on each Class A-1 Note for an Accrual Period (the "CLASS
              A-1 INTEREST AMOUNT") is calculated by applying the Interest Rate
              for that Class A-1 Note for that Accrual Period to the Invested
              Amount of that Class A-1 Note on the first day of the Accrual
              Period (after taking into account any reductions in the Invested
              Amount of that Class A-1 Note on that day), by then multiplying
              such product by the actual number of days in the Accrual Period
              divided by 360 and rounding the resultant figure down to the
              nearest cent.

       (b)    Interest on each Class A-3 Note for an Accrual Period (the "CLASS
              A-3 INTEREST AMOUNT") is calculated by applying the Interest Rate
              for that Class A-3 Note for that Accrual Period to the Invested
              Amount of that Class A-3 Note on the first day of the Accrual
              Period (after taking into account any reductions in the Invested
              Amount of that Class A-3 Note on that day), by then multiplying
              such product by the actual number of days in the Accrual Period
              divided by 360 and rounding the resultant figure down to the
              nearest cent.

       "INVESTED AMOUNT" in relation to an Offered Note means the Initial
       Invested Amount of that Offered Note less the aggregate of all amounts
       previously paid in relation to that Offered Note on account of principal
       pursuant to CONDITION 7.2(c).

6.6    DETERMINATION OF INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST AMOUNTS

       (a)    The Agent Bank will, as soon as practicable after 11.00am (London
              time or, if applicable, New York City time) on each Class A-1 Rate
              Set Date, determine the Interest Rate in relation to the Class A-1
              Notes, and calculate the Class A-1 Interest Amount, for the
              immediately succeeding Accrual Period in accordance with,
              respectively, CONDITIONS 6.3 and 6.5(a). The determination of the
              Interest Rate in relation to the Class A-1 Notes, and the
              calculation of the Class A-1 Interest Amount, by the Agent Bank in
              accordance with, respectively, CONDITIONS 6.3 and 6.5(a) will (in
              the absence of manifest error, wilful default or bad faith) be
              final and binding upon all parties.

       (b)    The Agent Bank will, as soon as practicable after 11.00am
              (Brussels time) on each Class A-3 Rate Set Date, determine the
              Interest Rate in relation to the Class A-3 Notes, and calculate
              the Class A-3 Interest Amount, for the immediately succeeding
              Accrual Period in accordance with, respectively, CONDITIONS 6.3
              and 6.5(b). The determination of the Interest Rate in relation to
              the Class A-3 Notes, and the

                                                                              65

              calculation of the Class A-3 Interest Amount, by the Agent Bank in
              accordance with, respectively, CONDITIONS 6.3 and 6.5(b) will (in
              the absence of manifest error, wilful default or bad faith) be
              final and binding upon all parties.

6.7    NOTIFICATION AND PUBLICATION OF INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST AMOUNTS

       The Agent Bank will cause the Interest Rates for the Class A-1 Notes and
       the Class A-3 Notes and the Class A-1 Interest Amount and the Class A-3
       Interest Amount for each Accrual Period, and the date of the next
       Quarterly Distribution Date, to be notified to the Issuer, the Manager,
       the Offered Note Trustee, the Currency Swap Provider, the Paying Agents
       and the Irish Stock Exchange (for so long as the Offered Notes are listed
       on the Daily Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange) on or as soon as
       practical after the Agent Bank has determined the Interest Rates for the
       Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes and calculated the Class A-1
       Interest Amount and the Class A-3 Interest Amount or on such earlier date
       as the Irish Stock Exchange may require (for so long as the Offered Notes
       are listed on the Daily Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange) and
       will cause the same to be published in accordance with CONDITION 11.2 as
       soon as practical after that notification. The Class A-1 Interest Amount,
       the Class A-3 Interest Amount and the Quarterly Distribution Date may
       subsequently be amended (or appropriate alternative arrangements made by
       way of adjustment) without notice in the event of an extension or
       shortening of the Accrual Period. If following the occurrence of an Event
       of Default (as defined in CONDITION 9.1), the Security Trustee declares
       in accordance with the Security Trust Deed that the Offered Notes are
       immediately due and payable, the Class A-1 Interest Amount, the Class A-3
       Interest Amount and the Interest Rates in respect of the Class A-1 Notes
       and the Class A-3 Notes will nevertheless continue to be calculated by
       the Agent Bank in accordance with this Condition, but no publication of
       the Class A-1 Interest Amount, the Class A-3 Interest Amount or the
       Interest Rates for the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes so
       calculated or the Quarterly Distribution Dates needs to be made unless,
       in the case of the Class A-1 Interest Amount, the Class A-3 Interest
       Amount or the Interest Rates for the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-3
       Notes, the Offered Note Trustee otherwise requires.

6.8    DETERMINATION OR CALCULATION BY THE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       If the Agent Bank at any time for any reason does not determine the
       Interest Rates in respect of the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes,
       or calculate the Class A-1 Interest Amount or the Class A-3 Interest
       Amount, in accordance with this CONDITION 6, the Offered Note Trustee
       will do so and each such determination or calculation by the Offered Note
       Trustee will be as if made by the Agent Bank. In doing so, the Offered
       Note Trustee will apply the foregoing provisions of this CONDITION 6,
       with any necessary consequential amendments, to the extent that it can
       and in all other respects it will do so in such a manner as it considers
       to be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances.

6.9    AGENT BANK

       The Issuer will procure that, for so long as any of the Offered Notes
       remain outstanding, there will at all times be an Agent Bank. The Issuer,
       at the direction of the Manager, may with the prior written approval of
       the Offered Note Trustee, terminate the appointment of the Agent Bank
       immediately on the occurrence of certain events specified in the Agency
       Agreement in relation thereto or, otherwise, by giving not less than 60
       days' notice in writing to, amongst others, the Agent Bank. Notice of
       that termination will be given by the Issuer to the Offered Noteholders
       in accordance with CONDITION 11.1. If any person is unable or unwilling
       to continue to act as the Agent Bank, or if the appointment of the Agent
       Bank is terminated, the Issuer, at the direction of the Manager, will
       appoint a successor Agent Bank to act as such in its place, provided that
       neither the resignation nor removal of the Agent Bank will take effect
       until a successor approved by the Offered Note Trustee has been appointed
       and notice of the appointment of the successor has been given by the
       Issuer to the Offered Noteholders in accordance with CONDITION 11.1. The
       initial Agent Bank and its specified office are set out at the end of
       these Conditions.

                                                                              66

6.10   PAYMENT OF THE INTEREST AMOUNTS

       The Class A-1 Interest Amount for each Accrual Period in relation to a
       Class A-1 Note is payable in arrears in US$ on the Quarterly Distribution
       Date which is the last day of the Accrual Period. The Class A-3 Interest
       Amount for each Accrual Period in relation to a Class A-3 Note is payable
       in arrears in Euro on the Quarterly Distribution Date which is the last
       day of the Accrual Period. On each Quarterly Distribution Date prior to
       the enforcement of the Charge, the Issuer must:

       (a)    to the extent that there are funds available for this purpose in
              accordance with the Series Supplement pay, in accordance with the
              directions of the Manager:

              (i)    the A$ Class A-1 Floating Amount and any A$ Class A-1
                     Unpaid Floating Amount in relation to that Quarterly
                     Distribution Date to the Currency Swap Provider in
                     accordance with the Class A-1 Currency Swap; and

              (ii)   the A$ Class A-3 Floating Amount and any A$ Class A-3
                     Unpaid Floating Amount in relation to that Quarterly
                     Distribution Date to the Currency Swap Provider in
                     accordance with the Class A-3 Currency Swap;

       (b)    direct the Currency Swap Provider (which direction may be
              contained in the applicable Currency Swap) to pay the Class A-1
              Interest Payments and the Class A-3 Interest Payments on each
              Quarterly Distribution Date to the Principal Paying Agent in
              accordance with the Agency Agreement; and

       (c)    direct the Principal Paying Agent (which direction may be
              contained in the Agency Agreement) to pay:

              (i)    the Class A-1 Interest Payments received by it from the
                     Currency Swap Provider under the Class A-1 Currency Swap on
                     a Quarterly Distribution Date rateably amongst the Class
                     A-1 Notes based on their Stated Amounts towards the Class
                     A-1 Interest Amount in relation to each Class A-1 Note in
                     relation to the Accrual Period ending on that Quarterly
                     Distribution Date and any then Class A-1 Unpaid Interest
                     Amount (as defined in CONDITION 6.11) in relation to each
                     Class A-1 Note (to the extent included in the Class A-1
                     Interest Payment) in accordance with, and subject to, these
                     Conditions and the Agency Agreement; and

              (ii)   the Class A-3 Interest Payments received by it from the
                     Currency Swap Provider under the Class A-3 Currency Swap on
                     a Quarterly Distribution Date rateably amongst the Class
                     A-3 Notes based on their Stated Amounts towards the Class
                     A-3 Interest Amount in relation to each Class A-3 Note in
                     relation to the Accrual Period ending on that Quarterly
                     Distribution Date and any then Class A-3 Unpaid Interest
                     Amount (as defined in CONDITION 6.11) in relation to each
                     Class A-3 Note (to the extent included in the Class A-3
                     Interest Payment) in accordance with, and subject to, these
                     Conditions and the Agency Agreement.

       "A$ CLASS A-1 FLOATING AMOUNT", "A$ CLASS A-1 UNPAID FLOATING AMOUNT",
       "CLASS A-1 INTEREST PAYMENT", "A$ CLASS A-3 FLOATING AMOUNT", "A$ CLASS
       A-3 UNPAID FLOATING AMOUNT" and "CLASS A-3 INTEREST PAYMENT" have the
       same respective meanings as in the Series Supplement.

6.11   INTEREST ON UNPAID INTEREST AMOUNTS

       If interest is not paid in respect of an Offered Note on the date when
       due and payable, that

                                                                              67

       unpaid interest will itself bear interest at the Interest Rate in
       relation to that Offered Note applicable from time to time until (but
       excluding the date of payment) the unpaid interest, and interest on it,
       is paid in accordance with CONDITION 6.10 (the unpaid interest and
       interest on that unpaid interest, in relation to a Class A-1 Note, is a
       "CLASS A-1 UNPAID INTEREST AMOUNT" and the unpaid interest and interest
       on that unpaid interest, in relation to a Class A-3 Note, is a "CLASS A-3
       UNPAID INTEREST AMOUNT").

7.     REDEMPTION OF THE OFFERED NOTES

7.1    FINAL REDEMPTION OF THE OFFERED NOTES

       Unless previously redeemed (or deemed to be redeemed) in full, the Issuer
       will redeem the Offered Notes at their then Stated Amount, together with
       all then accrued but unpaid interest, on the Quarterly Distribution Date
       occurring in [May, 2036] (the "SCHEDULED MATURITY DATE").

7.2    PART REDEMPTION OF OFFERED NOTES

       Subject to CONDITIONS 7.3, 7.4 and 7.6, on each Quarterly Distribution
       Date prior to the enforcement of the Charge until the Stated Amount of
       the Offered Notes is reduced to zero the Issuer must:

       (a)    pay, in accordance with the directions of the Manager:

              (i)    the A$ Class A-1 Principal Amount (if any) in relation to
                     that Quarterly Distribution Date to the Currency Swap
                     Provider in accordance with the Class A-1 Currency Swap;
                     and

              (ii)   the A$ Class A-3 Principal Amount (if any) in relation to
                     that Quarterly Distribution Date to the Currency Swap
                     Provider in accordance with the Class A-3 Currency Swap;

       (b)    direct the Currency Swap Provider (which instruction may be
              contained in the applicable Currency Swap) to pay on each
              Quarterly Distribution Date to the Principal Paying Agent in
              accordance with the Agency Agreement:

              (i)    the US$ Equivalent of the amount of the A$ Class A-1
                     Principal Amount (such US$ Equivalent of the A$ Class A-1
                     Principal Amount being the "CLASS A-1 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT")
                     received under the Class A-1 Currency Swap by the Currency
                     Swap Provider from the Issuer on that Quarterly
                     Distribution Date; and

              (ii)   the Euro Equivalent of the amount of the A$ Class A-3
                     Principal Amount (such Euro Equivalent of the A$ Class A-3
                     Principal Amount being the "CLASS A-3 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT")
                     received under the Class A-3 Currency Swap by the Currency
                     Swap Provider from the Issuer on that Quarterly
                     Distribution Date; and

       (c)    direct the Principal Paying Agent (which direction may be
              contained in the Agency Agreement) to pay:

              (i)    the Class A-1 Principal Amount received under the Class A-1
                     Currency Swap from the Currency Swap Provider equally
                     amongst the Class A-1 Notes towards the repayment of the
                     Stated Amount on the Class A-1 Notes; and

              (ii)   the Class A-3 Principal Amount received under the Class A-3
                     Currency Swap from the Currency Swap Provider equally
                     amongst the Class A-3

                                                                              68

                     Notes towards the repayment of the Stated Amount on the
                     Class A-3 Notes,

              in accordance with, and subject to, these Conditions and the
              Agency Agreement. Such payments of the Stated Amounts on an
              Offered Note will constitute a redemption of that Offered Note in
              part to the extent of such repayment and, upon such repayment, the
              obligation of the Issuer with respect to that Offered Note will be
              discharged to the extent of such repayment.

       "A$ CLASS A-1 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT", "A$ CLASS A-3 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT", "EURO
       EQUIVALENT" and "US$ EQUIVALENT" have the same respective meanings as in
       the Series Supplement.

7.3    CALL OPTION

       The Issuer will, subject to the other provisions of this CONDITION 7 and
       prior to the enforcement of the Charge, when directed by the Manager (at
       the Manager's option), redeem all, but not some only, of the Securities
       at their then Invested Amount, subject to the following, together with
       all accrued but unpaid interest in respect of the Securities to (but
       excluding) the date of redemption, on any Quarterly Distribution Date
       falling on or after the date on which the aggregate Mortgage Loan
       Principal (as defined in the Series Supplement) expressed as a percentage
       of the aggregate Mortgage Loan Principal at the beginning of business
       (Sydney time) on [January 25,] 2005 falls below 10%.

       Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may redeem the Securities at
       their Stated Amount, instead of at their Invested Amount, together with
       accrued but unpaid interest in respect of the Securities to (but
       excluding) the date of redemption, if so approved by an Extraordinary
       Resolution (as defined in CONDITION 9.1) of the Securityholders together.

       The Manager will not direct the Issuer to, and the Issuer will not, so
       redeem the Securities on such a Quarterly Distribution Date unless the
       Issuer is in a position on the Quarterly Distribution Date to repay in
       respect of the Securities their then Invested Amount or Stated Amount, as
       required, together with all accrued but unpaid interest to (but
       excluding) the date of redemption and to discharge all its liabilities in
       respect of amounts which are required under the Security Trust Deed to be
       paid in priority to or equally with the Securities of all classes if the
       Charge were enforced.

       The Issuer will give not more than 60 nor less than 45 days' notice
       (which will be irrevocable) of the Quarterly Distribution Date on which a
       proposed redemption under this CONDITION 7.3 will occur to the Sellers,
       the Offered Note Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Agent Bank and
       to the Offered Noteholders in accordance with CONDITION 11.1.

7.4    REDEMPTION FOR TAXATION OR OTHER REASONS

       If the Manager satisfies the Issuer and the Offered Note Trustee
       immediately prior to giving the notice referred to below that by virtue
       of a change in law of the Commonwealth of Australia or any of its
       political subdivisions or any of its authorities or any other
       jurisdiction to which the Issuer becomes subject (or the application or
       official interpretation thereof) (a "RELEVANT JURISDICTION") from that in
       effect on the Closing Date, either:

       (a)    on the next Quarterly Distribution Date the Issuer will be
              required to deduct or withhold from any payment of principal or
              interest in respect of the Offered Notes or any other class of the
              Securities any amount for or on account of any present or future
              taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever
              nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by a
              Relevant Jurisdiction; or

       (b)    the total amount payable in respect of interest in relation to any
              of the Mortgage Loans (as defined in the Series Supplement) for a
              Collection Period (as defined in

                                                                              69

              the Series Supplement) ceases to be receivable (whether or not
              actually received) by the Issuer during such Collection Period by
              reason of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or
              governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied,
              collected, withheld or assessed by a Relevant Jurisdiction,

       and, in each case, such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer taking
       reasonable measures available to it, the Issuer must, when so directed by
       the Manager (at the Manager's option), redeem all, but not some only, of
       the Securities on any subsequent Quarterly Distribution Date at their
       then Invested Amount, subject to the following, together with accrued but
       unpaid interest in respect of the Securities to (but excluding) the date
       of redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may redeem the
       Securities at their Stated Amount, instead of at their Invested Amount,
       together with accrued but unpaid interest in respect of the Securities to
       (but excluding) the date of redemption, if so approved by an
       Extraordinary Resolution (as defined in CONDITION 9.1) of the
       Securityholders together.

       The Manager will not direct the Issuer to, and the Issuer will not, so
       redeem the Securities unless the Issuer is in a position on such
       Quarterly Distribution Date to repay in respect of the Securities their
       then Invested Amount or Stated Amount, as required, together with all
       accrued but unpaid interest to (but excluding) the date of redemption and
       to discharge all its liabilities in respect of amounts which are required
       under the Security Trust Deed to be paid in priority to or equally with
       the Securities of all classes if the Charge were enforced.

       The Issuer will give not more than 60 nor less than 45 days' notice
       (which will be irrevocable) of the Quarterly Distribution Date on which a
       proposed redemption under this CONDITION 7.4 will occur to the Offered
       Note Trustee, the Sellers, the Principal Paying Agent, the US Dollar Note
       Registrar, the Euro Note Registrar, the Agent Bank and the Offered
       Noteholders in accordance with CONDITION 11.1.

       If an event referred to in paragraph (a) of this CONDITION 7.4 occurs in
       respect of only the Offered Notes (and not any other Securities) and as a
       result thereof the Issuer gives notice in accordance with this CONDITION
       7.4 that it proposes to redeem all of the Securities on the Quarterly
       Distribution Date referred to in that notice, the Offered Noteholders may
       by a Special Majority (as defined in CONDITION 10.3) in accordance with
       the Offered Note Trust Deed elect that they do not require the Issuer to
       redeem the Offered Notes. If the Offered Noteholders make such an
       election they (or the Offered Note Trustee on their behalf) must notify
       the Issuer and the Manager not less than 21 days before the proposed
       Quarterly Distribution Date for the redemption of the Offered Notes. Upon
       receipt of such a notice, the Issuer must not so redeem the Securities.

7.5    CERTIFICATION

       For the purpose of any redemption made under CONDITION 7.3 or 7.4, the
       Issuer and the Offered Note Trustee may rely on any certificate of an
       Authorised Officer (as defined in the Master Trust Deed) of the Manager
       that the Issuer will be in a position to repay in respect of the
       Securities their then Invested Amount or Stated Amount, as applicable,
       together with all accrued but unpaid interest to (but excluding) the date
       of redemption and to discharge all its liabilities in respect of amounts
       required under the Security Trust Deed to be paid in priority to or
       equally with the Securities if the Charge were enforced.

7.6    REDEMPTION ON FINAL PAYMENT

       Upon a final distribution being made in respect of the Offered Notes
       under clause 26.12 of the Series Supplement or clause 13.1 of the
       Security Trust Deed, the Offered Notes will thereupon be deemed to be
       redeemed and discharged in full and any obligation to pay any accrued but
       then unpaid Class A-1 Interest Amount, Class A-3 Interest Amount, Class
       A-1 Unpaid Interest Amount or any Class A-3 Unpaid Interest Amount or any
       then unpaid Invested Amount, Stated Amount or other amounts in relation
       to the Offered Notes will be extinguished in full.

                                                                              70

7.7    CANCELLATION

       All Offered Notes redeemed in full (or deemed to be redeemed in full)
       pursuant to the above Conditions will be cancelled and may not be resold
       or reissued.

7.8    NO PAYMENT IN EXCESS OF STATED AMOUNT

       Subject to CONDITIONS 7.3 and 7.4, no amount of principal will be repaid
       in respect of an Offered Note in excess of the Stated Amount of the
       Offered Note.

7.9    APPLICATION OF PRINCIPAL CHARGEOFFS

       (a)    If on a Determination Date (as hereinafter defined) any Principal
              Chargeoff is allocated to the Class A-1 Notes in accordance with
              the Series Supplement, it will reduce the Stated Amount of the
              Class A-1 Notes (equally and rateably according to their Stated
              Amount) by an amount equal to the US$ Equivalent of the amount so
              allocated until the Stated Amount of the Class A-1 Notes is
              reduced to zero.

       (b)    If on a Determination Date (as hereinafter defined) any Principal
              Chargeoff is allocated to the Class A-3 Notes in accordance with
              the Series Supplement, it will reduce the Stated Amount of the
              Class A-3 Notes (equally and rateably according to their Stated
              Amount) by an amount equal to the Euro Equivalent of the amount so
              allocated until the Stated Amount of the Class A-3 Notes is
              reduced to zero.

       A reduction in the Stated Amount of an Offered Note in accordance with
       the foregoing will take effect on the next Quarterly Distribution Date.

       "DETERMINATION DATE" and "PRINCIPAL CHARGEOFF" have the same respective
       meanings as in the Series Supplement.

7.10   PRINCIPAL CHARGEOFF REIMBURSEMENT

       (a)    If on a Determination Date any Principal Chargeoff Reimbursement
              is allocated to the Class A-1 Notes in accordance with the Series
              Supplement, it will reduce the Unreimbursed Principal Chargeoffs
              of the Class A-1 Notes (rateably according to their amount of
              Unreimbursed Principal Chargeoffs) by an amount equal to the US$
              Equivalent of the amount so allocated until the Unreimbursed
              Principal Chargeoffs in respect of the Class A-1 Notes are reduced
              to zero.

       (b)    If on a Determination Date any Principal Chargeoff Reimbursement
              is allocated to the Class A-3 Notes in accordance with the Series
              Supplement, it will reduce the Unreimbursed Principal Chargeoffs
              of the Class A-3 Notes (rateably according to their amount of
              Unreimbursed Principal Chargeoffs) by an amount equal to the Euro
              Equivalent of the amount so allocated until the Unreimbursed
              Principal Chargeoffs in respect of the Class A-3 Notes are reduced
              to zero.

       A reduction in the Unreimbursed Principal Chargeoffs in respect of the
       Offered Notes in accordance with the foregoing, and the resultant
       increase in the Stated Amount of the Offered Notes, will take effect on
       the next Quarterly Distribution Date.

       "DETERMINATION DATE" and "PRINCIPAL CHARGEOFF REIMBURSEMENT" have the
       same meaning as in the Series Supplement.

       "UNREIMBURSED PRINCIPAL CHARGEOFFS" means:

       (a)    in relation to a Class A-1 Note at any time means the aggregate of
              the US$ Equivalent of the Principal Chargeoffs up to and including
              that time allocated to the Class A-1 Note in accordance with
              CONDITION 7.9 less the aggregate of the US$

                                                                              71

              Equivalent of the Principal Chargeoff Reimbursements prior to that
              time allocated to the Class A-1 Note in accordance with this
              CONDITION 7.10; and

       (b)    in relation to a Class A-3 Note at any time means the aggregate of
              the Euro Equivalent of the Principal Chargeoffs up to and
              including that time allocated to the Class A-3 Note in accordance
              with CONDITION 7.9 less the aggregate of the Euro Equivalent of
              the Principal Chargeoff Reimbursements prior to that time
              allocated to the Class A-3 Note in accordance with this CONDITION
              7.10.

7.11   CALCULATION OF CLASS A PRINCIPAL AMOUNTS, STATED AMOUNTS AND OTHER
       AMOUNTS

       (a)    No later than two Business Days prior to each Quarterly
              Distribution Date, the Manager will determine: (i) the amount of
              any Class A-1 Principal Amount and Class A-3 Principal Amount
              payable in respect of each Offered Note on the Quarterly
              Distribution Date; (ii) the Stated Amount and Invested Amount of
              each Offered Note as at the first day of the Accrual Period
              commencing on the Quarterly Distribution Date (after deducting any
              Class A-1 Principal Amounts or Class A-3 Principal Amounts due to
              be paid in respect of such Offered Note on that Quarterly
              Distribution Date and after making any other adjustments to the
              Stated Amount or the Invested Amount (as the case may be) of the
              Offered Note in accordance with these Conditions on or with effect
              from that Quarterly Distribution Date); (iii) the Class A-1 Note
              Factor and the Class A-3 Note Factor (each as defined below) as at
              that Quarterly Distribution Date; and (iv) the amount of the Class
              A-1 Interest Payment and the Class A-3 Interest Payment to be made
              on the Quarterly Distribution Date applicable to each Offered
              Note.

       (b)    The Manager will notify the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee, the
              Principal Paying Agent, the Agent Bank, the US Dollar Note
              Registrar, the Euro Note Registrar and the Irish Stock Exchange
              (for so long as the Offered Notes are listed on the Daily Official
              List of the Irish Stock Exchange) as soon as practical (and in any
              event by not later than two Business Days prior to the Quarterly
              Distribution Date or on such earlier date as the Irish Stock
              Exchange may require (for so long as the Offered Notes are listed
              on the Daily Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange) of each
              determination of an amount or percentage referred to in CONDITION
              7.11(a) and will cause details of each of those determinations to
              be published in accordance with CONDITION 11.2 as soon as
              practical after that notification. If no Class A-1 Principal
              Amount or Class A-3 Principal Amount is due to be paid on the
              Offered Notes on any Quarterly Distribution Date the Manager will
              cause a notice to be given in accordance with CONDITION 11.2 as
              soon as practicable (and in any event by no later than the
              relevant Quarterly Distribution Date).

       (c)    If the Manager does not at any time for any reason make one or
              more of the determinations referred to in CONDITION 7.11(a), the
              Agent Bank (or, failing the Agent Bank, the Offered Note Trustee)
              must make such determinations in accordance with this Condition
              (but based on the information in its possession) and each such
              determination will be deemed to have been made by the Manager.

       "CLASS A-1 NOTE FACTOR" at a given time means the percentage calculated
       as follows:

                                             A
                                   CA1NF = -----
                                             B

       where:

       CA1NF = the Class A-1 Note Factor;

       A     = the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A-1 Notes on the last
               day of the just ended Accrual Period; and

                                                                              72

       B     = the aggregate Initial Invested Amount of the Class A-1 Notes.

       "CLASS A-3 NOTE FACTOR" at a given time means the percentage calculated
       as follows:

                                             A
                                   CA3NF = -----
                                             B

       where:

       CA3NF = the Class A-3 Note Factor;

       A     = the aggregate Invested Amount of the Class A-3 Notes on the last
               day of the just ended Accrual Period; and

       B     = the aggregate Initial Invested Amount of the Class A-3 Notes.

8.     PAYMENTS

8.1    METHOD OF PAYMENT

       Any instalment on account of interest or principal payable on any Offered
       Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by or on behalf of or
       at the direction of the Issuer to the Principal Paying Agent on the
       applicable Quarterly Distribution Date shall be paid to the person in
       whose name such Offered Note is registered on the relevant Record Date
       (as defined below), by wire transfer in immediately available funds to
       the account designated by such person or, if such person so requests in
       writing, by cheque mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to such person's
       address as it appears on the Offered Note Register on such Record Date.

       "RECORD DATE" in relation to a Quarterly Distribution Date or any other
       date for any payment to be made in respect of an Offered Note means:

       (a)    if the Offered Note is issued in book-entry form, 1 day prior to
              that Quarterly Distribution Date; and

       (b)    if the Offered Note is issued in definitive form, the day which is
              the last day of the prior calendar month.

8.2    SURRENDER ON FINAL PAYMENT

       Prior to a final distribution being made in respect of the Offered Notes
       under clause 26.12 of the Series Supplement or clause 13.1 of the
       Security Trust Deed the Offered Note Trustee must notify the persons in
       whose names the Offered Notes are registered on the relevant Record Date
       of the date upon which the Offered Note Trustee expects that final
       distribution to be made and specify if that such final distribution will
       be payable only upon surrender of the relevant Offered Note to a Paying
       Agent at its specified office. No such final distribution will be made
       other than upon the surrender of the relevant Offered Notes and none of
       the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee, the Security Trustee or any Paying
       Agent will be liable to pay any additional amount to any Offered
       Noteholder as a result of any delay in payment due to an Offered Note not
       having been surrendered in accordance with this CONDITION 8.2.

8.3    PAYING AGENTS

       The initial Paying Agents and their respective specified offices are set
       out at the end of these Conditions.

       The Issuer, at the direction of the Manager, may with the prior written
       approval of the Offered Note Trustee terminate the appointment of the
       Principal Paying Agent and appoint additional or other Paying Agents,
       provided that it will at all times maintain a Paying Agent having a
       specified office in London and New York City. Notice of any such
       termination or

                                                                              73

       appointment and of any change in the office through which any Paying
       Agent will act will be given in accordance with CONDITION 11.1.

8.4    TAXATION

       All payments in respect of the Offered Notes will be made without
       withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future
       taxes, duties or charges of whatsoever nature unless the Issuer or any
       Paying Agent is required by any applicable law to make such a withholding
       or deduction. In that event the Issuer or that Paying Agent (as the case
       may be) will, after making such withholding or deduction, account to the
       relevant authorities for the amount so required to be withheld or
       deducted. Neither the Issuer nor any Paying Agent nor the Offered Note
       Trustee will be obliged to make any additional payments in respect of the
       relevant Offered Notes in relation to that withholding or deduction.
       Immediately after becoming aware that such a withholding or deduction is
       or will be required, the Issuer will notify the Offered Note Trustee, the
       Principal Paying Agent and the Offered Noteholders in accordance with
       CONDITION 11.1, thereof.

8.5    PRESCRIPTION

       An Offered Note will become void in its entirety unless surrendered for
       payment within a period of 10 years from the Relevant Date in respect of
       any payment thereon the effect of which would be to reduce the Stated
       Amount of, and all accrued but unpaid interest on, that Offered Note to
       zero. After the date on which an Offered Note becomes void in its
       entirety, no claim can be made in respect of it.

       "RELEVANT DATE" in respect of an Offered Note means the date on which a
       payment in respect thereof first becomes due or (if the full amount of
       the moneys payable in respect of the Offered Notes due on or before that
       date has not been duly received by the Principal Paying Agent or the
       Offered Note Trustee on or prior to such date) the date on which, the
       full amount of such moneys having been so received and notice to that
       effect is duly given to the Offered Noteholders in accordance with
       CONDITION 11.1.

8.6    NOTIFY LATE PAYMENTS

       In the event of the unconditional payment to the Principal Paying Agent
       or the Offered Note Trustee of any sum due in respect of the Offered
       Notes or any of them being made after the due date for payment thereof,
       the Issuer will forthwith give or procure to be given notice to the
       Offered Noteholders in accordance with CONDITION 11.1 that such payment
       has been made.

8.7    ROUNDING OF PAYMENTS

       All payments in respect of the Offered Notes will be rounded down to the
       nearest cent.

9.     ENFORCEMENT FOLLOWING OCCURRENCE OF EVENT OF DEFAULT

9.1    ENFORCEMENT

       The Security Trust Deed provides that at any time after the Security
       Trustee becomes actually aware of the occurrence of an Event of Default,
       the Security Trustee will (subject to CONDITION 10.4 and subject to being
       appropriately indemnified), if so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution
       of the Voting Secured Creditors, declare the Securities immediately due
       and payable (in which case, subject to CONDITION 12, the Stated Amount
       of, and all accrued but unpaid interest in relation to, the Offered Notes
       will become immediately due and payable) and enforce the Charge.

       Subject to being indemnified in accordance with the Security Trust Deed
       and to the provisions of CONDITION 9.2, the Security Trustee will take
       all action necessary to give effect to any direction in accordance with
       the foregoing and will comply with all such directions.

                                                                              74

       "EVENT OF DEFAULT", "EXTRAORDINARY RESOLUTION" and "VOTING SECURED
       CREDITORS" have the same respective meanings as in the Security Trust
       Deed.

9.2    SECURITY TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CHARGE WITHOUT DIRECTION

       After the Security Trustee becomes actually aware of the occurrence of an
       Event of Default, provided that it has been indemnified to its
       satisfaction in accordance with the Security Trust Deed, the Security
       Trustee must enforce the Security Trust Deed without an Extraordinary
       Resolution of the Voting Secured Creditors if in its opinion, the delay
       required to obtain the consent of the Voting Secured Creditors would be
       prejudicial to the interests of the Secured Creditors as a class.

9.3    PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS FROM PROCEEDS FROM THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE CHARGE

       Following the enforcement of the Charge, all moneys received in
       connection with the Security Trust Deed by the Security Trustee or by any
       receiver appointed in relation to the Charged Property pursuant to the
       provisions of the Security Trust Deed are to be applied, subject to the
       Security Trust Deed, in accordance with the order of priority contained
       in the Security Trust Deed.

9.4    SECURITY TRUSTEE AND OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE NOT LIABLE FOR LOSS ON
       ENFORCEMENT

       Except in the case of fraud, negligence or wilful default (in the case of
       the Security Trustee) and, subject to the mandatory provisions of the
       Trust Indenture Act, fraud, negligence (except as specifically provided
       in the Trust Indenture Act) or wilful default (in the case of the Offered
       Note Trustee), neither the Offered Note Trustee nor the Security Trustee
       is liable for any decline in the value, nor any loss realised upon any
       sale or other disposition made under the Security Trust Deed of any
       Charged Property or any other property which is charged to the Security
       Trustee by any other person in respect of or relating to the obligations
       of the Issuer or any third party in respect of the Issuer or the Offered
       Notes or relating in any way to the Charged Property. Without limitation,
       neither the Offered Note Trustee nor the Security Trustee will be liable
       for any such decline or loss directly or indirectly arising from its
       acting, or failing to act, as a consequence of an opinion reached by it
       based on advice received by it in accordance with the applicable
       requirements of the Offered Note Trust Deed (and the Trust Indenture Act)
       or the Security Trust Deed, as the case may be.

       "TRUST INDENTURE ACT" means the Trust Indenture Act 1939 of the United
       States of America as in force at the date of the Offered Note Trust Deed.

9.5    DIRECTIONS FROM OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS TO OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE FOLLOWING
       EVENT OF DEFAULT

       If an Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is
       known to the Offered Note Trustee, the Offered Note Trustee must: (a)
       notify each Offered Noteholder of the Event of Default or Potential Event
       of Default, as the case may be, within 10 days (or such shorter period as
       may be required by the rules of the Irish Stock Exchange, if the Offered
       Notes are listed on the Daily Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange,
       or the rules of any other stock exchange on which the Offered Notes are
       listed) after becoming aware of the Event of Default or Potential Event
       of Default, provided that except in the case of a default in payment of
       principal or interest on any Offered Note, the Offered Note Trustee may
       withhold such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the
       executive committee or a trust committee of its directors and/or its
       authorised officers under the Offered Note Trust Deed in good faith
       determine that withholding the notice is in the interest of Offered
       Noteholders; (b) if a meeting of Voting Secured Creditors is to be held
       under the Security Trust Deed, determine whether it proposes to seek
       directions from Class A Noteholders as to how to vote at that meeting
       and, if so, whether it proposes to instruct the Security Trustee to delay
       the holding of that meeting while it obtains such directions from the
       Offered Noteholders; and (c) vote at any meeting of Voting Secured
       Creditors held under the Security Trust Deed in accordance, where
       applicable, with the directions of the Offered Noteholders (whether or
       not solicited and whether or not all

                                                                              75

       Offered Noteholders have provided such directions) and otherwise in its
       absolute discretion. In acting in accordance with the directions of
       Offered Noteholders the Offered Note Trustee must exercise its votes for
       or against any proposal to be put to a meeting of Voting Secured
       Creditors under the Security Trust Deed in the same proportion as that of
       the aggregate Invested Amounts of the Offered Notes held by Offered
       Noteholders who have directed the Offered Note Trustee to vote for or
       against such a proposal.

       If any of the Offered Notes remain outstanding and are due and payable
       otherwise than by reason of a default in payment of any amount due on the
       Offered Notes, the Offered Note Trustee must not vote at a meeting of
       Voting Secured Creditors under the Security Trust Deed, or otherwise
       direct the Security Trustee, to dispose of the Charged Property unless:
       (a) a sufficient amount would be realised to discharge in full all
       amounts owing to the Offered Noteholders in respect of the Offered Notes
       and any other amounts owing by the Issuer to any other person ranking in
       priority to or with the Offered Notes; (b) the Offered Note Trustee is of
       the opinion, reached after considering at any time and from time to time
       the advice of an investment bank or other financial adviser selected by
       the Offered Note Trustee, that the cash flow receivable by the Issuer (or
       the Security Trustee under the Security Trust Deed) will not (or that
       there is a significant risk that it will not) be sufficient, having
       regard to any other relevant actual, contingent or prospective
       liabilities of the Issuer, to discharge in full in due course all the
       amounts referred to in paragraph (a); or (c) the Offered Note Trustee is
       so directed by a Special Majority (as defined in CONDITION 10.3) of
       Offered Noteholders.

       Subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act and
       provisions in the Offered Note Trust Deed relating to the deemed receipt
       of notices, the Offered Note Trustee will only be considered to have
       knowledge or awareness of, or notice of, an Event of Default or Potential
       Event of Default by virtue of the officers of the Offered Note Trustee
       (or any related body corporate of the Offered Note Trustee) which have
       the day to day responsibility for the administration or management of the
       Offered Note Trustee's (or a related body corporate of the Offered Note
       Trustee's) obligations in relation to the Series Trust, the trust created
       under the Offered Note Trust Deed or the Offered Note Trust Deed, having
       actual knowledge, actual awareness or actual notice of the occurrence of
       the events or circumstances constituting an Event of Default or Potential
       Event of Default, as the case may be, or grounds or reason to believe
       that such events or circumstances have occurred.

       "POTENTIAL EVENT OF DEFAULT" means an event which, with the giving of
       notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of
       Default.

9.6    ONLY SECURITY TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CHARGE

       Only the Security Trustee may enforce the Charge and neither the Offered
       Note Trustee nor any Offered Noteholder (nor any other Secured Creditor)
       is entitled to proceed directly against the Issuer to enforce the
       performance of any of the provisions of the Security Trust Deed, the
       Offered Note Trust Deed, the Offered Notes or any other applicable
       Transaction Document, except as provided for in the Security Trust Deed,
       the Offered Note Trust Deed, the Master Trust Deed and the Series
       Supplement. The Security Trustee is not required to act in relation to
       the enforcement of the Charge unless its liability is limited in a manner
       reasonably satisfactory to it or, if required by the Security Trustee (in
       its absolute discretion), it is adequately indemnified from the Charged
       Property or the Security Trustee receives from the Voting Secured
       Creditors an indemnity in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Security
       Trustee (which may be by way of an Extraordinary Resolution of the Voting
       Secured Creditors) and is put in funds to the extent necessary.

9.7    EXERCISE OF OFFERED NOTEHOLDER RIGHTS BY OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE

       The rights, remedies and discretions of the Offered Noteholders under the
       Security Trust Deed including all rights to vote or to give an
       instruction or consent can only be exercised by the Offered Note Trustee
       on behalf of the Offered Noteholders in accordance with the Security
       Trust Deed. The Security Trustee may rely on any instructions or
       directions given to it by the

                                                                              76

       Offered Note Trustee as being given on behalf of the Offered Noteholders
       from time to time and need not inquire whether any such instructions or
       directions are in accordance with the Offered Note Trust Deed, whether
       the Offered Note Trustee or the Offered Noteholders from time to time
       have complied with any requirements under the Offered Note Trust Deed or
       as to the reasonableness or otherwise of the Offered Note Trustee.

10.    MEETINGS OF VOTING SECURED CREDITORS, DIRECTIONS OF OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS,
       MODIFICATIONS, CONSENTS, WAIVERS AND INDEMNITIES

10.1   MEETINGS OF VOTING SECURED CREDITORS

       The Security Trust Deed contains provisions for convening meetings of the
       Voting Secured Creditors to, among other things, enable the Voting
       Secured Creditors to direct or consent to the Security Trustee taking or
       not taking certain actions under the Security Trust Deed; for example to
       enable the Voting Secured Creditors, following the occurrence of an Event
       of Default, to direct the Security Trustee to declare the Securities
       immediately due and payable and/or to enforce the Charge.

10.2   DIRECTIONS OF OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS

       Under the Offered Note Trust Deed the Offered Note Trustee may seek
       directions from the Offered Noteholders from time to time including
       following the occurrence of an Event of Default. The Offered Note Trustee
       will not be responsible for acting in good faith upon a direction given,
       or purporting to be given, by Offered Noteholders holding Offered Notes
       with an Invested Amount of greater than 50% of the aggregate Invested
       Amount of all the Offered Notes.

       If the Offered Note Trustee is entitled under the Master Trust Deed or
       the Security Trust Deed to vote at any meeting on behalf of Offered
       Noteholders the Offered Note Trustee must vote in accordance with the
       directions of the Offered Noteholders and otherwise in its absolute
       discretion. In acting in accordance with the directions of Offered
       Noteholders the Offered Note Trustee must exercise its votes for or
       against any proposal to be put to a meeting in the same proportion as
       that of the aggregate Invested Amounts of the Offered Notes held by
       Offered Noteholders who have directed the Offered Note Trustee to vote
       for or against that proposal.

       For the purposes of seeking any consent, direction or authorisation from
       Offered Noteholders the Offered Note Trustee may by notice to the Offered
       Noteholders specify a date, not earlier than the date of the notice, upon
       which the persons who are the Offered Noteholders and the Invested Amount
       of the Offered Notes held by them will be determined based upon the
       details recorded in the Offered Note Register as at 5.30 pm on that date.

10.3   AMENDMENTS TO OFFERED NOTE TRUST DEED AND THE OFFERED NOTES

       Pursuant, and subject, to the Offered Note Trust Deed and subject to any
       approval required by law, the Offered Note Trustee, the Manager and the
       Issuer may together agree, without the consent or sanction of any Offered
       Noteholder, by way of supplemental deed to alter, add to or revoke (each
       a "MODIFICATION") any provision of the Offered Note Trust Deed or the
       Offered Notes (including these Conditions) so long as such modification
       is not a Payment Modification (as defined below) and such modification in
       the opinion of the Offered Note Trustee:

       (a)    is necessary or expedient to comply with the provisions of any
              statute or regulation or with the requirements of any governmental
              agency;

       (b)    is made to correct a manifest error or ambiguity or is of a
              formal, technical or administrative nature only;

       (c)    is appropriate or expedient as a consequence of an amendment to
              any statute or regulation or altered requirements of any
              governmental agency or any decision of

                                                                              77

              any court (including, without limitation, a modification which is
              in the opinion of the Offered Note Trustee appropriate or
              expedient as a consequence of the enactment of a statute or
              regulation or an amendment to any statute or regulation or ruling
              by the Australian Commissioner or Deputy Commissioner of Taxation
              or any governmental announcement or statement or any decision of
              any court, in any case which has or may have the effect of
              altering the manner or basis of taxation of trusts generally or of
              trusts similar to the Series Trust or the trust constituted under
              the Offered Note Trust Deed); or

       (d)    and in the opinion of the Issuer is otherwise desirable for any
              reason and:

              (i)    is not in the opinion of the Offered Note Trustee likely,
                     upon coming into effect, to be materially prejudicial to
                     the interests of Offered Noteholders; or

              (ii)   if it is in the opinion of the Offered Note Trustee likely,
                     upon coming into effect, to be materially prejudicial to
                     the interests of Offered Noteholders the consent of a
                     Special Majority (as hereinafter defined) of Offered
                     Noteholders is obtained.

       For the purpose of determining whether a Special Majority of Offered
       Noteholders has consented to a modification, Offered Notes which are
       beneficially owned by the Issuer or the Manager or by any person directly
       or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
       common control with the Issuer or the Manager, will be disregarded. The
       Manager must give the Rating Agencies 5 Business Days' prior notice of
       any such modification. The Offered Note Trustee will be entitled to
       assume that any proposed modification, other than a Payment Modification,
       will not be materially prejudicial to the interest of Offered Noteholders
       if each of the Rating Agencies confirms in writing that if the
       modification is effected this will not lead to a reduction, qualification
       or withdrawal of the then rating given to the Offered Notes by that
       Rating Agency.

       Pursuant to the Offered Note Trust Deed, the Offered Note Trustee may
       concur with the Issuer and the Manager in making or effecting any Payment
       Modification if and only if the consent has first been obtained of each
       Offered Noteholder to such Payment Modification.

       Any supplemental deed that effects any such modifications must conform to
       the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and copies of any such
       supplemental deed must be distributed by the Issuer to the Offered
       Noteholders in accordance with CONDITION 11.1 as soon as reasonably
       practicable after the modifications have been made.

       "PAYMENT MODIFICATION" means any alteration, addition or revocation of
       any provision of the Offered Note Trust Deed or the Offered Notes
       (including the Conditions) which modifies: (a) the amount, timing, place,
       currency or manner of payment of principal or interest in respect of the
       Offered Notes including, without limitation, any modification to the
       Stated Amount, Invested Amount, Interest Rates or Scheduled Maturity Date
       in respect of the Offered Notes or to CONDITIONS 5.4, 6.3, 6.4, 6.10 and
       7.2, clause 10 of the Series Supplement or clause 13 of the Security
       Trust Deed or which would impair the rights of Offered Noteholders to
       institute suit for enforcement of such payment on or after the due date
       for such payment; (b) the definition of the term "Special Majority",
       clause 21.5 of the Offered Note Trust Deed or the circumstances in which
       the consent or direction of a Special Majority of Offered Noteholders is
       required; (c) clause 6.1(a) of the Security Trust Deed; or (d) the
       requirements for altering, adding to or revoking any provision of the
       Offered Note Trust Deed or the Offered Notes (including the Conditions).

       "RATING AGENCY" has the same meaning as in the Series Supplement.

       "SPECIAL MAJORITY" in relation to the Offered Noteholders means Offered
       Noteholders holding Offered Notes with an aggregate Invested Amount of no
       less than 75% of the

                                                                              78

       aggregate Invested Amount of all the Offered Notes.

10.4   WAIVERS ETC

       The Security Trustee may, in accordance with the Security Trust Deed and
       without the consent or sanction of the Voting Secured Creditors (but not
       in contravention of an Extraordinary Resolution of the Voting Secured
       Creditors), waive or authorise any breach or proposed breach or determine
       that any event that would otherwise be an Event of Default will not be
       treated as such if and in so far as in its opinion the interests of the
       Secured Creditors will not be materially prejudiced. Any such waiver,
       authorisation or determination shall be binding on the Secured Creditors
       and, if, but only if, the Security Trustee so requires, any such waiver,
       authorisation or determination will be notified to the Secured Creditors
       by the Manager in accordance with the Security Trust Deed.

       The Offered Note Trustee may, and if directed to do so by a Majority of
       Offered Noteholders must, on such terms and conditions as it may deem
       reasonable, without the consent of any of the Offered Noteholders, and
       without prejudice to its rights in respect of any subsequent breach,
       agree to any waiver or authorisation of any breach or proposed breach of
       any of the terms and conditions of the Transaction Documents by the
       Issuer, the Manager or any other person which, unless the Offered Note
       Trustee is acting on the direction of a Majority of Offered Noteholders,
       is not, in the opinion of the Offered Note Trustee, materially
       prejudicial to the interests of the Offered Noteholders as a class. No
       such waiver, authorisation or determination may be made in contravention
       of any prior directions by a Majority (as hereinafter defined) of the
       Offered Noteholders. Any such waiver, authorisation or determination
       will, if the Offered Note Trustee so requires, be notified to the Offered
       Noteholders in accordance with CONDITION 11.1 by the Issuer as soon as
       practicable after it is made.

       "MAJORITY" in relation to the Offered Noteholders means Offered
       Noteholders holding Class A Notes with an aggregate Invested Amount of
       greater than 50% of the aggregate Invested Amount of all the Offered
       Notes.

10.5   INDEMNIFICATION AND EXONERATION OF THE OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE AND THE
       SECURITY TRUSTEE

       The Offered Note Trust Deed and the Security Trust Deed contain
       provisions for the indemnification of the Offered Note Trustee and the
       Security Trustee (respectively) and for their relief from responsibility,
       including provisions relieving them from taking proceedings to realise
       the security and to obtain repayment of the Securities unless indemnified
       to their satisfaction. Each of the Offered Note Trustee and the Security
       Trustee is entitled, subject in the case of the Offered Note Trustee to
       the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, to enter into
       business transactions with the Issuer and/or any other party to the
       Transaction Documents without accounting for any profit resulting from
       such transactions.

       Subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, the
       Offered Note Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss, expense or
       liability occasioned to the Charged Property or any other property or in
       respect of all or any of the moneys which may stand to the credit of the
       Collections Account (as defined in the Series Supplement) from time to
       time however caused (including, without limitation, where caused by an
       act or omission of the Security Trustee) unless that loss is occasioned
       by the fraud, negligence or wilful default of the Offered Note Trustee.
       The Security Trustee is not, nor is any receiver appointed in relation to
       the Charged Property pursuant to the provisions of the Security Trust
       Deed, liable or otherwise accountable for any omission, delay or mistake
       or any loss or irregularity in or about the exercise, attempted exercise,
       non-exercise or purported exercise of any of the powers of the Security
       Trustee or of the receiver under the Security Trust Deed except for
       fraud, negligence or wilful default.

       Except in the case of fraud, negligence (except as specifically provided
       in the Trust Indenture Act) or wilful default, and subject to the
       mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, the

                                                                              79

       Offered Note Trustee may act on the opinion or advice of, or information
       obtained from, any lawyer, valuer, banker, broker, accountant or other
       expert appointed by the Offered Note Trustee, or by a person other than
       Offered Note Trustee, where that opinion, advice or information is
       addressed to the Offered Note Trustee or by its terms is expressed to be
       capable of being relied upon by the Offered Note Trustee. Except as
       provided above, the Offered Note Trustee will not be responsible to any
       Offered Noteholder, amongst others, for any loss occasioned by so acting
       in reliance on such advice. Any such opinion, advice or information may
       be sent or obtained by letter, telex or facsimile transmission and the
       Offered Note Trustee will not be liable to any Offered Noteholder,
       amongst others, for acting on any opinion, advice or information
       conforming with any applicable requirements of the Offered Note Trust
       Deed or the Trust Indenture Act and purporting to be conveyed by such
       means even though it contains some error which is not a manifest error or
       is not authentic.

11.    NOTICES

11.1   GENERAL

       All notices, other than notices given in accordance with the following
       paragraph and CONDITION 11.2, to Offered Noteholders will be deemed given
       if in writing and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid to each Offered
       Noteholder, at his or her address as it appears on the relevant Offered
       Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the
       earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case
       where notice to Offered Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure
       to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any
       particular Offered Noteholder will affect the sufficiency of such notice
       with respect to other Offered Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed
       in the manner herein provided will conclusively be presumed to have been
       duly given.

       A notice may be waived in writing by the relevant Offered Noteholder,
       either before or after the event, and such waiver will be the equivalent
       of such notice. Waivers of notice by Offered Noteholders will be filed
       with the Offered Note Trustee but such filing will not be a condition
       precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such a
       waiver.

       Any such notice will be deemed to have been given on the date such notice
       is deposited in the mail.

       In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail services as a result
       of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it is impractical to mail
       notice of any event to Offered Noteholders when such notice is required
       to be given, then any manner of giving such notice as the Issuer directs
       the Offered Note Trustee will be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such
       notice.

11.2   OFFERED NOTE INFORMATION

       Any notice specifying a Quarterly Distribution Date, an Interest Rate in
       relation to the Offered Notes, an Offered Interest Amount, an Offered
       Principal Amount (or the absence of an Offered Principal Amount), an
       Invested Amount, a Stated Amount, a Class A-1 Note Factor, a Class A-3
       Note Factor or any other matter permitted to be given in accordance with
       this CONDITION 11.2, will be deemed to have been duly given if the
       information contained in the notice appears on the relevant page of the
       Reuters Screen or the electronic information system made available to its
       subscribers by Bloomberg, L.P. or another similar electronic reporting
       service approved by the Offered Note Trustee in writing and notified to
       Offered Noteholders pursuant to CONDITION 11.1 (the "RELEVANT SCREEN").
       Any such notice will be deemed to have been given on the first date on
       which such information appeared on the Relevant Screen. If it is
       impossible or impracticable to give notice in accordance with this
       paragraph then notice of the matters referred to in this Condition will
       be given in accordance with CONDITION 11.1.

11.3   QUARTERLY SERVICING AND OTHER REPORTS

       The Manager must deliver a Quarterly Servicing Report for each Accrual
       Period to the Offered

                                                                              80

       Note Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent, the Issuer and each Offered
       Noteholder on the Business Day preceding the Quarterly Distribution Date
       on the last day of the Accrual Period in accordance with CONDITION 11.1
       and, for so long as the Offered Notes are listed on the Daily Official
       List of the Irish Stock Exchange, file each Servicing Report with the
       Irish Stock Exchange as and when required by the rules of the Irish Stock
       Exchange.

       The Issuer and the Manager must, to the extent required by the rules and
       regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission, forward to Offered
       Noteholders, and such other persons as are required by the Trust
       Indenture Act , such summaries of any information, documents and reports
       required to be filed by the Issuer or the Manager in accordance with the
       Securities and Exchange Act 1934 of the United States of America or the
       rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

       "QUARTERLY SERVICING REPORT" in relation to an Accrual Period and the
       Quarterly Distribution Date at the end of that Accrual Period means a
       report which contains the following information:

       o    the aggregate Invested Amounts and the aggregate Stated Amounts of
            each class of Securities on the first day of the Accrual Period;

       o    the amounts to be applied towards payment of interest and principal
            on each class of Securities on the Quarterly Distribution Date;

       o    the Available Income Amount (as defined in the Series Supplement) on
            the Quarterly Distribution Date;

       o    the aggregate of all Seller Advances made during the preceding
            Collection Period (as defined in the Series Supplement);

       o    the Redraw Shortfall (as defined in the Standby Redraw Facility
            Agreement) in relation to the preceding Determination Date;

       o    the Gross Income Shortfall and Net Income Shortfall (each as defined
            in the Series Supplement) in relation to the preceding Determination
            Date;

       o    the Liquidity Facility Advance (as defined in the Series Supplement)
            in relation to that Quarterly Distribution Date and the Liquidity
            Facility Principal (as defined in the Series Supplement) in relation
            to the preceding Determination Date;

       o    the Principal Draw (as defined in the Series Supplement) in relation
            to that Quarterly Distribution Date;

       o    the Available Principal Amount (as defined in the Series Supplement)
            in relation to that Quarterly Distribution Date;

       o    the Principal Collections in relation to that Quarterly Distribution
            Date;

       o    the Standby Redraw Facility Advance in relation to that Quarterly
            Distribution Date;

       o    the Redraw Bond Amount (as defined in the Series Supplement) in
            relation to the preceding Determination Date;

       o    the Principal Chargeoff in relation to the preceding Determination
            Date;

       o    the Other Principal Amounts (as defined in the Series Supplement) in
            relation to the preceding Determination Date;

                                                                              81

       o    the Principal Draw Reimbursement (as defined in the Series
            Supplement) in relation to that Quarterly Distribution Date;

       o    the Principal Chargeoff Reimbursement in relation to the preceding
            Determination Date;

       o    the Principal Chargeoffs allocated to each class of Securities and
            the Standby Redraw Facility Principal with effect from that
            Quarterly Distribution Date;

       o    the Principal Chargeoff Reimbursement allocated to each class of
            Securities and the Standby Redraw Facility Principal with effect
            from that Quarterly Distribution Date;

       o    the Class A-1 Note Factor, the Class A-3 Note Factor and the Note
            Factor (as defined below) for each other class of Securities

       o    if the Basis Swap (as defined in the Series Supplement) has
            terminated, the Threshold Rate (as defined in the Series Supplement)
            on the preceding Determination Date;

       o    the Interest Rate (as defined in the Series Supplement with respect
            to the Class A-2 Notes, the Class B Notes and the Redraw Bonds)
            applying to each class of Securities for that Accrual Period;

       o    scheduled payments of principal and prepayments of principal
            received on the Mortgage Loans forming part of the Assets of the
            Series Trust (as defined in the Master Trust Deed) during the
            preceding Collections Period;

       o    aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loans
            forming part of the Assets of the Series Trust (as defined in the
            Master Trust Deed) being charged a fixed rate of interest and the
            aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loans
            forming part of the Assets of the Series Trust being charged a
            variable rate of interest as at opening of business on the preceding
            Determination Date;

       o    delinquency, mortgagee in possession and loss statistics, as
            determined by the Manager, with respect to the Mortgage Loans
            forming part of the Assets of the Series Trust as at opening of
            business on the preceding Determination Date.

       "NOTE FACTOR" in relation to a class of Securities and a Quarterly
       Distribution Date, means the aggregate of the Invested Amount of the
       class of Securities less all principal payments on that class of
       Securities to be made on that Quarterly Distribution Date, divided by the
       aggregate initial Invested Amount of that class of Securities.

11.4   CONSENTS IN WRITING

       All consents and approvals in these Conditions must be given in writing.

12.    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE ISSUER

       (a)    The Issuer enters into the Transaction Documents, and issues the
              Offered Notes, only in its capacity as trustee of the Series Trust
              and in no other capacity (except where the Transaction Documents
              provide otherwise). A liability arising under or in connection
              with the Offered Notes, the Transaction Documents or the Series
              Trust is limited to and can be enforced against the Issuer only to
              the extent to which it can be satisfied out of the assets and
              property of the Series Trust out of which the Issuer is actually
              indemnified for the liability. This limitation of the Issuer's
              liability applies despite any other provision of the Transaction
              Documents (other

                                                                              82

              than paragraph (c) below) and extends to all liabilities and
              obligations of the Issuer in any way connected with any
              representation, warranty, conduct, omission, agreement or
              transaction related to the Transaction Documents, the Offered
              Notes or the Series Trust.

       (b)    No person may sue the Issuer in respect of liabilities incurred by
              the Issuer in its capacity as trustee of the Series Trust other
              than as trustee of the Series Trust or seek the appointment of a
              receiver (except under the Security Trust Deed), a liquidator, an
              administrator or any similar person to the Issuer or prove in any
              liquidation, administration or similar arrangements of or
              affecting the Issuer (except in relation to the assets or property
              of the Series Trust).

       (c)    The provisions of this CONDITION 12 will not apply to any
              obligation or liability of the Issuer to the extent that it is not
              satisfied because under a Transaction Document or by operation of
              law there is a reduction in the extent of the Issuer's
              indemnification or exoneration out of the assets or property of
              the Series Trust as a result of the Issuer's fraud, negligence or
              wilful default.

       (d)    The Relevant Parties are responsible under the Transaction
              Documents for performing a variety of obligations relating to the
              Series Trust. No act or omission of the Issuer (including any
              related failure to satisfy its obligations under the Transaction
              Documents or the Offered Notes) will be considered fraud,
              negligence or wilful default of the Issuer for the purpose of
              paragraph (c) to the extent to which the act or omission was
              caused or contributed to by any failure by any Relevant Party or
              any other person appointed by the Issuer under any Transaction
              Document (other than a person whose acts or omissions the Issuer
              is liable for in accordance with any Transaction Document) to
              fulfil its obligations relating to the Series Trust or by any
              other act or omission of a Relevant Party or any other such
              person.

       (e)    In exercising their powers under the Transaction Documents, each
              of the Security Trustee, the Offered Note Trustee and the Offered
              Noteholders must ensure that no attorney, agent, delegate,
              receiver or receiver and manager appointed by it in accordance
              with a Transaction Document has authority to act on behalf of the
              Issuer in a way which exposes the Issuer to any personal liability
              and no act or omission of any such person will be considered
              fraud, negligence or wilful default of the Issuer for the purpose
              of paragraph (c).

       (f)    The Issuer is not obliged to enter into any commitment or
              obligation under these Conditions or any other Transaction
              Document (including incur any further liability) unless the
              Issuer's liability is limited in a manner which is consistent with
              this CONDITION 12 or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the
              Issuer in its absolute discretion. "RELEVANT PARTIES" means each
              of the Manager, each Seller, the Servicer, the Agent Bank, each
              Paying Agent, the Offered Note Trustee and the Hedge Providers (as
              those parties, which are not defined in these Conditions, are
              defined in the Series Supplement).

       The expression "FRAUD, NEGLIGENCE OR WILFUL DEFAULT" is to be construed
       in accordance with the Security Trust Deed.

13.    GOVERNING LAW

       The Offered Notes and the Transaction Documents are governed by, and will
       be construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New South Wales
       of the Commonwealth of Australia, except for the Underwriting Agreement
       and the credit support annex to the Currency Swap Agreement which are
       governed by, and will be construed in accordance with, New York law. Each
       of the Issuer and the Manager has in the Offered Note Trust Deed
       irrevocably agreed for the benefit of the Offered Note Trustee and the
       Offered Noteholders that the courts of the State of New South Wales are
       to have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may

                                                                              83

       arise out of or in connection with the Offered Note Trust Deed and the
       Offered Notes.

                                                                              84

                                     AGENTS

PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT:            The Bank of New York
                                   Global Structured Finance
                                   101 Barclay Street, 21W
                                   New York, New York, 10286

US DOLLAR NOTE REGISTRAR:          The Bank of New York
                                   Global Structured Finance
                                   101 Barclay Street, 21W
                                   New York, New York, 10286

                                   or

                                   c/- The Bank of New York, London Branch
                                   Global Structured Finance
                                   48th Floor
                                   One Canada Square
                                   London  E14  5AL

EURO NOTE REGISTRAR:               The Bank of New York, London Branch
                                   Global Structured Finance
                                   48th Floor
                                   One Canada Square
                                   London  E14  5AL

AGENT BANK:                        The Bank of New York
                                   Corporate Trust - Global Structured Finance
                                   101 Barclay Street, 21W
                                   New York, New York, 10286

PAYING AGENT:                      The Bank of New York, London Branch
                                   Global Structured Finance
                                   48th Floor
                                   Once Canada Square
                                   London  E14  5AL

IRISH LISTING AGENT:               The Bank of New York
                                   48th Floor, One Canada Square
                                   E14 5AL, U.K.

IRISH PAYING AGENT:                AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited
                                   Guild House
                                   Guild Street
                                   Dublin 1
                                   Republic of Ireland

                                                                              85

EXECUTED as a deed.

EXECUTED AS A DEED by THE BANK OF
NEW YORK by its Authorised
Signatory  in the presence of:

                                          --------------------------------------
                                           Signature of Authorised Signatory

-------------------------------------

  Signature of Witness

-------------------------------------

  Name of Witness in full

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED for and on
behalf of SECURITISATION ADVISORY
SERVICES PTY. LIMITED ABN 88 064 133 946
by
its Attorney under a Power of             --------------------------------------
Attorney dated and registered Book
No.      and who declares that he or she   Signature of Attorney
has not received any notice of the
revocation of such Power of Attorney
in the presence of:

-------------------------------------

  Signature of Witness

-------------------------------------

  Name of Witness in full

SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED for and on
behalf of PERPETUAL TRUSTEE COMPANY
LIMITED ABN 42 000 001 007
by
its Attorney under a Power of Attorney    --------------------------------------
dated and registered Book      No.
    and who declares that he or she has        Signature of Attorney
not received any notice  of the
revocation  of such Power of Attorney
in the presence of:

-------------------------------------

  Signature of Witness

-------------------------------------

  Name of Witness in full

                                                                              86[CLAYTON UTZ LOGO]

Medallion Trust Series 2005-1G
Agency Agreement

Perpetual Trustee Company Limited
ABN 42 000 001 007

Securitisation Advisory Services Pty. Limited
ABN 88 064 133 946

The Bank of New York

The Bank of New York, London Branch

AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited

If you have any questions about the details of this document
PLEASE CONTACT LOUISE MCCOACH ON +61 2 9353 4679

Clayton Utz
Lawyers
Levels 19-35  No. 1 O'Connell Street  Sydney  NSW  2000  Australia
PO Box H3 Australia Square  Sydney  NSW  1215
T + 61 2 9353 4000  F + 61 2 8220 6700

WWW.CLAYTONUTZ.COM

Our reference  174/657/80019362

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1........DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION......................................2

         1.1     Definitions.................................................2
         1.2     Series Supplement and Master Trust Deed Definitions.........4
         1.3     Interpretation..............................................4
         1.4     Issuer Capacity.............................................6
         1.5     Transaction Document........................................6
         1.6     Incorporated Definitions and other Transaction
                 Documents and provisions....................................6

2........APPOINTMENT OF PAYING AGENTS........................................6

         2.1     Appointment.................................................6
         2.2     Several Obligations of Paying Agents........................7

3........PAYMENTS............................................................7

         3.1     Payment by Issuer...........................................7
         3.2     Payments by Paying Agents...................................7
         3.3     Method of Payment for Offered Book-Entry Notes..............7
         3.4     Method of Payment for Offered Definitive Notes..............7
         3.5     Non-Payment.................................................7
         3.6     Late Payment................................................8
         3.7     Reimbursement...............................................8
         3.8     Payment under Currency Swaps................................8
         3.9     Paying Agent holds funds on trust...........................9
         3.10    Principal Paying Agent may deal with funds..................9
         3.11    No Set-Off..................................................9
         3.12    Holders of Offered Notes....................................9
         3.13    Repayment of Moneys.........................................9
         3.14    Paying Agents to Record, Notify Payments and
                 Deliver Surrendered Notes..................................10

4........APPOINTMENT AND DUTIES OF THE AGENT BANK...........................10

         4.1     Appointment................................................10
         4.2     Determinations by Agent Bank...............................10
         4.3     Notification by Agent Bank.................................10
         4.4     Offered Note Trustee to Perform Agent Bank's Function......11
         4.5     Documents to Agent Bank....................................11

5........APPOINTMENT AND DUTIES OF THE OFFERED NOTE REGISTRARS..............11

         5.1     Offered Note Registrars....................................11
         5.2     Offered Note Registers to be Kept..........................11
         5.3     Transfer or Exchange of Offered Notes......................12
         5.4     Replacement of Lost or Mutilated Offered Notes.............12
         5.5     Obligations upon Transfer, Exchange or Replacement
                 of Offered Notes...........................................12
         5.6     No Charge for Transfer or Exchange.........................13
         5.7     Restricted Period..........................................13
         5.8     Cancellation of Offered Notes..............................13
         5.9     Provision of Information and Inspection of Registers.......13
         5.10    Correctness of Register and Information....................13
         5.11    Non-recognition of Equitable Interests.....................14
         5.12    Rectification of an Offered Note Register..................14

                                                                               i

6........OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE'S REQUIREMENTS REGARDING AGENTS...............14

         6.1     Following Enforcement of the Charge or issue of
                 Definitive Notes...........................................14
         6.2     Good Discharge to Issuer...................................15
         6.3     Change of Authorised Officers..............................15

7........REDEMPTION OF OFFERED NOTES........................................15

         7.1     Part Redemption of Offered Notes on Quarterly
                 Distribution Dates.........................................15
         7.2     Early Redemption...........................................16

8........GENERAL AGENT MATTERS..............................................16

         8.1     Notices to Offered Noteholders.............................16
         8.2     Copies of Documents for Inspection.........................16
         8.3     Notice of any Withholding or Deduction.....................17
         8.4     Information and Forms......................................17

9........INDEMNITY..........................................................17

         9.1     Indemnity by Issuer........................................17
         9.2     Indemnity by Note Agent....................................17

10.......CHANGES IN AGENTS..................................................17

         10.1    Appointment and Removal....................................17
         10.2    Resignation................................................18
         10.3    Limitation of Appointment and Termination..................18
         10.4    Payment of amounts held by the Paying Agent................19
         10.5    Records held by an Offered Note Registrar..................19
         10.6    Successor to Principal Paying Agent, Paying Agent,
                 Agent Bank or an Offered Note Registrar....................19
         10.7    Notice to Offered Noteholders..............................20
         10.8    Change in Specified Office.................................20

11.......MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES AND PROTECTION................................21

         11.1    Agents are agents of the Issuer............................21
         11.2    Agency.....................................................21
         11.3    Reliance...................................................21
         11.4    Entitled to Deal...........................................21
         11.5    Consultation...............................................21
         11.6    Duties and Obligations.....................................21
         11.7    Income Tax Returns.........................................22
         11.8    Representation by each Agent...............................22

12.......FEES AND EXPENSES..................................................22

         12.1    Payment of Fee.............................................22
         12.2    Payment of Expenses........................................22
         12.3    No Other Fees..............................................22
         12.4    Payment of Fees............................................22
         12.5    No Commission..............................................22
         12.6    Issuer Personally Liable for Fees..........................23
         12.7    Timing of Payments.........................................23

13.......NOTICES............................................................23

         13.1    Method of Delivery.........................................23
         13.2    Deemed Receipt.............................................23
         13.3    Email......................................................24

                                                                              ii

         13.4    Communications through Principal Paying Agent..............24

14.......APPOINTMENT OF CLASS A-2 IRISH PAYING AGENT........................24

         14.1    Appointment................................................24
         14.2    Resignation and Termination................................24

15.......ISSUER'S LIMITATION OF LIABILITY...................................24

         15.1    Limitation on Issuer's Liability...........................24
         15.2    Claims against Issuer......................................25
         15.3    Breach of Trust............................................25
         15.4    Acts or omissions..........................................25
         15.5    No Authority...............................................25
         15.6    No obligation..............................................25

16.......GENERAL............................................................26

         16.1    Waiver.....................................................26
         16.2    Written Waiver, Consent and Approval.......................26
         16.3    Severability...............................................26
         16.4    Survival of Indemnities....................................26
         16.5    Assignments................................................26
         16.6    Successors and Assigns.....................................26
         16.7    Moratorium Legislation.....................................26
         16.8    Amendments.................................................26
         16.9    Governing Law..............................................27
         16.10   Jurisdiction...............................................27
         16.11   Counterparts...............................................27
         16.12   Limitation of Offered Note Trustee's Liability.............27
         16.13   Contra proferentem.........................................27

                                                                             iii

THIS AGENCY AGREEMENT MADE AT SYDNEY ON 21 JANUARY 2005

PARTIES          PERPETUAL TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED ABN 42 000 001 007 of Level
                 7, 9 Castlereagh Street, Sydney, Australia, in its capacity as
                 trustee of the Series Trust (as hereinafter defined)
                 (hereinafter included in the expression the "ISSUER")

                 SECURITISATION ADVISORY SERVICES PTY LIMITED ABN 88 064 133 946
                 of Level 7, 48 Martin Place, Sydney, Australia (hereinafter
                 included by incorporation in the expression the "MANAGER")

                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK of 101 Barclay Street, 21W, New York, New
                 York 10286 as trustee of the Offered Note Trust (as hereinafter
                 defined) (hereinafter included by incorporation in the
                 expression the "OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE")

                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK of 101 Barclay Street, 21W, New York, New
                 York 10286 (hereinafter included in the expression the "US
                 DOLLAR NOTE REGISTRAR")

                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK of 101 Barclay Street, 21W, New York, New
                 York 10286 (hereinafter included in the expression the
                 "PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT")

                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK of 101 Barclay Street, 21W, New York,
                 New York 10286 (hereinafter included in the expression the
                 "AGENT BANK")

                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, LONDON BRANCH of 48th floor, One Canada
                 Square, London E14 5AL (hereinafter included in the expression
                 the "PAYING AGENT")

                 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, LONDON BRANCH of 48th floor, One Canada
                 Square, London E14 5AL (hereinafter included in the expression
                 the "EURO NOTE REGISTRAR")

                 AIB/BNY FUND MANAGEMENT (IRELAND) LIMITED a company duly
                 incorporated in the Republic of Ireland and having registered
                 office at Guild House, Guild Street, Dublin 1, Republic of
                 Ireland, (hereinafter included in the expression the "CLASS A-2
                 IRISH PAYING AGENT" and "OFFERED NOTE IRISH PAYING AGENT")

BACKGROUND

A.       The Issuer, in its capacity as trustee of the Series Trust, proposes to
         issue Offered Notes.

B.       The Offered Notes will be constituted pursuant to the Offered Note
         Trust Deed.

C.       The Issuer wishes to appoint The Bank of New York as the initial
         Principal Paying Agent, the initial US Dollar Note Registrar and the
         initial Agent Bank in respect of the Offered Notes and The Bank of New
         York has accepted these appointments on the terms and conditions of
         this Agreement.

D.       The Issuer wishes to appoint The Bank of New York, London Branch as an
         initial Paying Agent and the initial Euro Note Registrar in respect of
         the Offered Notes and The Bank of New York, London Branch has accepted
         that appointment on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

E.       The Issuer also wishes to appoint AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland)
         Limited as the initial paying agent in the Republic of Ireland in
         respect of the Offered Notes and the Class A-2 Notes and AIB/BNY Fund
         Management (Ireland) Limited has accepted that appointment on the terms
         and conditions of this Agreement.

                                                                               1

BACKGROUND

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.       DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1      DEFINITIONS

         In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:

         "AGENT" means a several reference to each Paying Agent, each Offered
         Note Registrar, and the Agent Bank.

         "AGENT BANK" means initially The Bank of New York or, if The Bank of
         New York resigns or its appointment is terminated as the Issuer's
         reference agent in respect of the Offered Notes, the person from time
         to time appointed in its place to perform the functions of such
         reference agent under this Agreement.

         "AUTHORISED OFFICER" in relation to:

         (a)      the Issuer and the Manager, has the same meaning as in the
                  Master Trust Deed;

         (b)      the Offered Note Trustee, the US Dollar Note Registrar, the
                  Agent Bank and the Principal Paying Agent while these are the
                  same person as the Offered Note Trustee, has the same meaning
                  as the term "Authorised Officer" in relation to the Offered
                  Note Trustee has in the Offered Note Trust Deed;

         (c)      The Bank of New York, London Branch as Paying Agent and Euro
                  Note Registrar means a responsible officer of the Corporate
                  Trust Administration department of The Bank of New York,
                  London Branch; and

         (d)      any other Note Agent, means the persons appointed from time to
                  time by that Note Agent to act as its Authorised Officers for
                  the purposes of this Agreement as certified in writing by 2
                  directors or a director and secretary of that Note Agent to
                  the other parties to this Agreement.

         "CLASS A-2 IRISH PAYING AGENT" means AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland)
         Limited or, if AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited resigns or its
         appointment is terminated as paying agent in the Republic of Ireland in
         respect of the Class A-2 Notes, the person from time to time appointed
         in its place to perform the functions of such paying agent under this
         Agreement.

         "EURO NOTE REGISTER" means the register established by the Euro Note
         Registrar in respect of the Class A-3 Notes in accordance with clause
         5.2.

         "EURO NOTE REGISTRAR" means The Bank of New York, London Branch or if
         The Bank of New York, London Branch resigns or its appointment is
         terminated as note registrar in respect of the Class A-3 Notes, the
         person from time to time appointed in its place to perform the
         functions of such note registrar under this Agreement.

         "IRISH BUSINESS DAY" means a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or
         public holiday in Dublin) on which the Irish Stock Exchange is open.

         "ISSUER" means initially Perpetual Trustee Company Limited or, if
         Perpetual Trustee Company Limited retires or is removed as trustee of
         the Series Trusts (as defined in the Master Trust Deed), the then
         Substitute Trustee and includes the Manager when acting as the trustee
         of the Series Trust in accordance with the Master Trust Deed.

         "MASTER TRUST DEED" means the Master Trust Deed dated 8 October 1997
         between the Issuer

                                                                               2

         and the Manager, as amended from time to time.

         "NOTE AGENT" means a several reference to each Agent and the Class A-2
         Irish Paying Agent.

         "OFFERED BOOK ENTRY NOTE" has the same meaning as in the Offered Note
         Trust Deed.

         "OFFERED DEFINITIVE NOTE" has the same meaning as in the Offered Note
         Trust Deed.

         "OFFERED NOTE" has the same meaning as in the Offered Note Trust Deed.

         "OFFERED NOTE IRISH PAYING AGENT" means AIB/BNY Fund Management
         (Ireland) Limited or, if AIB/BNY Fund Management (Ireland) Limited
         resigns or the appointment is terminated as paying agent in the
         Republic of Ireland in respect of the Offered Notes, the person from
         time to time appointed in its place to perform the functions of such
         paying agent under this Agreement.

         "OFFERED NOTE REGISTER" means, as the context requires, the Euro Note
         Register, the US Dollar Note Register, or both.

         "OFFERED NOTE REGISTRAR" means, as the context requires, the Euro Note
         Registrar, the US Dollar Note Registrar, or both.

         "OFFERED NOTE TRUST" means the trust of that name constituted by the
         Offered Note Trust Deed.

         "OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS" has the same meaning as in the Offered Note Trust
         Deed.

         "PAYING AGENT" means:

         (a)      except where the context otherwise requires, the Principal
                  Paying Agent;

         (b)      the Bank of New York, London Branch until it resigns or its
                  appointment is terminated as paying agent;

         (c)      if an application is made to admit the Offered Notes to the
                  Daily Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange, the Offered
                  Note Irish Paying Agent; and

         (d)      each other person from time to time appointed hereunder to
                  perform the functions of a paying agent, but does not include
                  the Class A-2 Irish Paying Agent.

         "PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT" means The Bank of New York or, if The Bank of
         New York resigns or its appointment is terminated as principal paying
         agent, the person from time to time appointed in its place to perform
         the functions of the principal paying agent under this Agreement.

         "QUARTERLY SERVICING REPORT" has the same meaning as in the Offered
         Note Conditions.

         "SERIES SUPPLEMENT" means a Series Supplement dated on or about the
         date of this Agreement between Commonwealth Bank of Australia ABN 48
         123 123 124, Homepath Pty Limited ABN 35 081 986 530, the Manager and
         the Issuer.

         "SERIES TRUST" means the trust known as the Medallion Trust Series
         2005-1G established pursuant to the Master Trust Deed and the Series
         Supplement.

         "SPECIFIED OFFICE" in relation to:

         (a)      the US Dollar Note Registrar, means the offices of the US
                  Dollar Note Registrar as specified in the Offered Note
                  Conditions or otherwise under this Agreement as the

                                                                               3

                  offices of the US Dollar Note Registrar where surrenders of
                  Class A-1 Notes for transfer, exchange, replacement or
                  redemption will occur and where, in respect of one of such
                  offices, the US Dollar Note Register will be kept, as varied
                  from time to time in accordance with this Agreement;

         (b)      the Euro Note Registrar, means the offices of the Euro Note
                  Registrar as specified in the Offered Note Conditions or
                  otherwise under this Agreement as the offices of the Euro Note
                  Registrar where surrenders of Class A-3 Notes for transfer,
                  exchange, replacement or redemption will occur and where, in
                  respect of one of such offices, the Euro Note Register will be
                  kept, as varied from time to time in accordance with this
                  Agreement;

         (c)      a Paying Agent, means the office of the Paying Agent specified
                  in the Offered Note Conditions or otherwise under this
                  Agreement as the office at which payments in respect of the
                  Offered Notes will be made, as varied from time to time in
                  accordance with this Agreement; and

         (d)      the Agent Bank, means the office of the Agent Bank specified
                  in the Offered Note Conditions or otherwise under this
                  Agreement as the office at which the Agent Bank will carry out
                  its duties under this Agreement, as varied from time to time
                  in accordance with this Agreement.

         "STAMP" means the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program.

         "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code of New York.

         "US DOLLAR NOTE REGISTER" means the register established by the US
         Dollar Note Registrar in respect of the Class A-1 Notes in accordance
         with clause 5.2.

         "US DOLLAR NOTE REGISTRAR" means The Bank of New York or if The Bank of
         New York resigns or its appointment is terminated as note registrar in
         respect of the Class A-1 Notes, the person from time to time appointed
         in its place to perform the functions of such note registrar under this
         Agreement.

1.2      SERIES SUPPLEMENT AND MASTER TRUST DEED DEFINITIONS

         Subject to clause 1.6, unless defined in this Agreement, words and
         phrases defined in either or both of the Master Trust Deed and the
         Series Supplement have the same meaning in this Agreement. Where there
         is any inconsistency in a definition between this Agreement (on the one
         hand) and the Master Trust Deed or the Series Supplement (on the other
         hand), this Agreement prevails. Where there is any inconsistency in a
         definition between the Master Trust Deed and the Series Supplement, the
         Series Supplement prevails over the Master Trust Deed in respect of
         this Agreement. Subject to clause 1.6, where words or phrases used but
         not defined in this Agreement are defined in the Master Trust Deed in
         relation to a Series Trust (as defined in the Master Trust Deed) and/or
         an Other Trust such words or phrases are to be construed in this
         Agreement, where necessary, as being used only in relation to the
         Series Trust (as defined in this Agreement) and/or the CBA Trust, as
         the context requires.

1.3      INTERPRETATION

         In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:

         (a)      headings are for convenience only and do not affect the
                  interpretation of this Agreement;

         (b)      a reference to this "AGREEMENT" includes the Background;

                                                                               4

         (c)      the expression "PERSON" includes an individual, the estate of
                  an individual, a body politic, a corporation and a statutory
                  or other authority or association (incorporated or
                  unincorporated);

         (d)      a reference to a person includes that person's executors,
                  administrators, successors, substitutes and assigns, including
                  any person taking by way of novation;

         (e)      subject to clause 1.6, a reference to any document or
                  agreement is to such document or agreement as amended,
                  novated, supplemented, varied or replaced from time to time;

         (f)      a reference to any legislation or to any section or provision
                  of any legislation includes any statutory modification or
                  re-enactment or any statutory provision substituted for that
                  legislation and all ordinances, by-laws, regulations and other
                  statutory instruments issued under that legislation, section
                  or provision;

         (g)      words importing the singular include the plural (and vice
                  versa) and words denoting a given gender include all other
                  genders;

         (h)      a reference to a clause is a reference to a clause of this
                  Agreement;

         (i)      a reference to "WILFUL DEFAULT" in relation to a party means,
                  subject to clause 1.3(j), any wilful failure by that party to
                  comply with, or wilful breach by that party of, any of its
                  obligations under any Transaction Document, other than a
                  failure or breach which:

                  (i)      A.    arises as a result of a breach of a Transaction
                                 Document by a person other than:

                                 (1)     that party; or

                                 (2)     any other person referred to in clause
                                         1.3(j); and

                           B.    the performance of the action (the
                                 non-performance of which gave rise to such
                                 breach) is a pre-condition to that party
                                 performing the said obligation; or

                  (ii)     is in accordance with a lawful court order or
                           direction or is required by law; or

                  (iii)    is in accordance with a proper instruction or
                           direction of Investors given at a meeting convened
                           under any Transaction Document;

         (j)      a reference to the "FRAUD", "NEGLIGENCE" or "WILFUL DEFAULT"
                  of a party means the fraud, negligence or wilful default of
                  that party and of its officers, employees, agents and any
                  other person where that party is liable for the acts or
                  omissions of such other person under the terms of any
                  Transaction Document;

         (k)      where any word or phrase is given a defined meaning, any other
                  part of speech or other grammatical form in respect of such
                  word or phrase has a corresponding meaning;

         (l)      where any day on which a payment is due to be made or a thing
                  is due to be done under this Agreement is not a Business Day,
                  that payment must be made or that thing must be done on the
                  immediately succeeding Business Day;

         (m)      a reference to the "CLOSE OF BUSINESS" on any day is a
                  reference to 5.00 pm on that day;

                                                                               5

         (n)      a reference to time is to local time in Sydney;

         (o)      subject to clause 13.2, each party will only be considered to
                  have knowledge or awareness of, or notice of, a thing or
                  grounds to believe anything by virtue of the officers of that
                  party (or any Related Body Corporate of that party) having day
                  to day responsibility for the administration or management of
                  that party's (or a Related Body Corporate of that party's)
                  obligations in relation to the Series Trust having actual
                  knowledge, actual awareness or actual notice of that thing, or
                  grounds or reason to believe that thing (and similar
                  references will be interpreted in this way); and

         (p)      a reference to the enforcement of the Charge means that the
                  Security Trustee appoints (or the Voting Secured Creditors as
                  contemplated by clause 8.4 of the Security Trust Deed appoint)
                  a Receiver over any Charged Property, or takes possession of
                  any Charged Property, pursuant to the Security Trust Deed
                  (expressions used in this clause have the same meanings as in
                  the Security Trust Deed).

1.4      ISSUER CAPACITY

         In this Agreement, except where provided to the contrary:

         (a)      (REFERENCES TO ISSUER): a reference to the Issuer is a
                  reference to the Issuer in its capacity as trustee of the
                  Series Trust only, and in no other capacity; and

         (b)      (REFERENCES TO ASSETS OF THE ISSUER): a reference to the
                  undertaking, assets, business or money of the Issuer is a
                  reference to the undertaking, assets, business or money of the
                  Issuer in the capacity referred to in paragraph (a).

1.5      TRANSACTION DOCUMENT

         For the purposes of the Master Trust Deed and the Series Supplement,
         this Agreement is a Transaction Document.

1.6      INCORPORATED DEFINITIONS AND OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS AND
         PROVISIONS

         Where in this Agreement a word or expression is defined by reference to
         its meaning in another Transaction Document or there is a reference to
         another Transaction Document or to a provision of another Transaction
         Document, any amendment to the meaning of that word or expression or to
         that other Transaction Document or provision (as the case may be) will
         be of no effect for the purposes of this Agreement unless and until the
         amendment is consented to by the parties to this Agreement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.       APPOINTMENT OF PAYING AGENTS

2.1      APPOINTMENT

         The Issuer, at the direction of the Manager, hereby appoints the
         Principal Paying Agent as its initial principal paying agent, and each
         other Paying Agent from time to time as its paying agent, for making
         payments in respect of the Offered Notes pursuant to the Transaction
         Documents at their respective Specified Offices in accordance with the
         terms and conditions of the Agreement. The Principal Paying Agent, and
         each other Paying Agent, hereby accepts that appointment.

                                                                               6

2.2      SEVERAL OBLIGATIONS OF PAYING AGENTS

         While there is more than one Paying Agent, the obligations of the
         Paying Agents under this Agreement are several and not joint.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.       PAYMENTS

3.1      PAYMENT BY ISSUER

         Subject to clause 3.8, the Issuer must on each Quarterly Distribution
         Date, pay to or to the order of the Principal Paying Agent to an
         account specified by the Principal Paying Agent in same day funds:

         (a)      (CLASS A-1 NOTES): not later than 10.00 am (New York time) the
                  amount in US$ as may be required (after taking account of any
                  money then held by the Principal Paying Agent and available
                  for the purpose) to be paid on that Quarterly Distribution
                  Date in respect of the Class A-1 Notes; and

         (b)      (CLASS A-3 NOTES): not later than 10.00 am (London time) the
                  amount in Euro as may be required (after taking account of any
                  money then held by the Principal Paying Agent and available
                  for the purpose) to be paid on that Quarterly Distribution
                  Date in respect of the Class A-3 Notes,

         in each case, under the Offered Note Conditions.

3.2      PAYMENTS BY PAYING AGENTS

         Subject to payment being duly made as provided in clause 3.1(a) in the
         case of the Class A-1 Notes and in clause 3.1(b) in the case of the
         Class A-3 Notes (or the Principal Paying Agent otherwise being
         satisfied that the relevant payment will be duly made on the due date),
         and subject to clause 6, the Paying Agents will pay or cause to be paid
         to the Offered Noteholders on behalf of the Issuer on each Quarterly
         Distribution Date the relevant amounts of principal and interest due in
         respect of the Offered Notes in accordance with this Agreement and the
         Offered Note Conditions.

3.3      METHOD OF PAYMENT FOR OFFERED BOOK-ENTRY NOTES

         The Principal Paying Agent will cause all payments of principal or
         interest (as the case may be) due in respect of Offered Book-Entry
         Notes to be made to the relevant Depository or, if applicable, to that
         Depository's nominee in whose name Offered Book-Entry Notes are
         registered, to the account or accounts designated by that Depository
         or, if applicable, that nominee and otherwise in accordance with
         Condition 8.1 of the Offered Note Conditions.

3.4      METHOD OF PAYMENT FOR OFFERED DEFINITIVE NOTES

         The Paying Agents will cause all payments of principal or interest (as
         the case may be) due in respect of Offered Definitive Notes to be made
         in accordance with Condition 8.1 of the Offered Note Conditions.

3.5      NON-PAYMENT

         (a)      (NO OBLIGATION ON PAYING AGENTS): If the Issuer fails to make
                  any payment, unless and until the full amount of the payment
                  has been made under the terms of this Agreement (except as to
                  the time of making the payment) or other arrangements
                  satisfactory to the Principal Paying Agent have been made,
                  none of the Principal Paying Agent nor any of the other Paying
                  Agents is bound to make any payment in

                                                                               7

                  accordance with this clause 3 (but may, in its discretion,
                  make any such payment).

         (b)      (NOTICE OF NON-RECEIPT): The Principal Paying Agent will
                  immediately notify by facsimile the other Paying Agents, the
                  Offered Note Trustee, the Issuer, the Security Trustee and the
                  Manager if the full amount of any payment of principal or
                  interest in respect of the Offered Notes required to be made
                  pursuant to the Offered Note Conditions is not unconditionally
                  received by it or to its order in accordance with this
                  Agreement.

3.6      LATE PAYMENT

         (a)      (LATE PAYMENTS TO BE PAID IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS AGREEMENT):
                  If any payment under clause 3.1 is made late but otherwise in
                  accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, each Paying
                  Agent will make the payments required to be made by it in
                  respect of the Offered Notes as provided in this clause 3.

         (b)      (NOTICE): If the Principal Paying Agent does not receive on a
                  Quarterly Distribution Date the full amount of principal and
                  interest then payable on any Offered Note in accordance with
                  the Offered Note Conditions, but receives the full amount
                  later, it will:

                  (i)      forthwith upon receipt of the full amount notify the
                           other Paying Agents, the Issuer, the Offered Note
                           Trustee, the Security Trustee and the Manager; and

                  (ii)     as soon as practicable after receipt of the full
                           amount give notice, in accordance with Condition 11.1
                           of the Offered Note Conditions, to the Offered
                           Noteholders that it has received the full amount.

3.7      REIMBURSEMENT

         The Principal Paying Agent will (provided that it has been placed in
         funds by the Issuer) on demand promptly reimburse each other Paying
         Agent for payments of principal and interest properly made by that
         Paying Agent in accordance with the Offered Note Conditions and this
         Agreement. The Issuer will not be responsible for the apportionment of
         any moneys between the Principal Paying Agent and the other Paying
         Agents and a payment to the Principal Paying Agent of any moneys due to
         the Paying Agents will operate as a good discharge to the Issuer in
         respect of such moneys.

3.8      PAYMENT UNDER CURRENCY SWAPS

         The payment by the Issuer of its Australian dollar payment obligations
         under the Series Supplement on each Quarterly Distribution Date to:

         (a)      (CLASS A-1 CURRENCY SWAP): the Currency Swap Provider in
                  respect of the Class A-1 Currency Swap will be a good
                  discharge of its corresponding US Dollar obligations under
                  clause 3.1; and

         (b)      (CLASS A-3 CURRENCY SWAP): the Currency Swap Provider in
                  respect of the Class A-3 Currency Swap will be a good
                  discharge of its corresponding Euro obligations under clause
                  3.1,

         but, in each case, will not relieve the Issuer of any liability in
         respect of any default in payment in respect of an Offered Note under
         any other Transaction Document.

                                                                               8

3.9      PAYING AGENT HOLDS FUNDS ON TRUST

         Each Paying Agent will hold in a separate account on trust for the
         Offered Note Trustee and the Offered Noteholders all sums held by such
         Paying Agent for the payment of principal and interest with respect to
         Offered Notes until such sums are paid to the Offered Note Trustee or
         the applicable Offered Noteholders in accordance with the Offered Note
         Trust Deed or the Offered Note Conditions or repaid under clause 3.13.

3.10     PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT MAY DEAL WITH FUNDS

         Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Principal Paying Agent is
         entitled to deal with moneys paid to it under this Agreement in the
         same manner as other moneys paid to it as a banker by its customers.
         The Principal Paying Agent is entitled to retain for its own account
         any interest earned on such moneys, except as required by law.

3.11     NO SET-OFF

         No Paying Agent is entitled to exercise any right of set-off,
         withholding, counterclaim or lien against, or make any deduction in any
         payment to, any person entitled to receive amounts of principal or
         interest on the Offered Notes in respect of moneys payable by it under
         this Agreement.

3.12     HOLDERS OF OFFERED NOTES

         Except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required
         by law, each Paying Agent is entitled to treat the person:

         (a)      (OFFERED BOOK-ENTRY NOTES): who is, while an Offered
                  Book-Entry Note remains outstanding, the registered owner of
                  that Offered Book-Entry Note as recorded in the applicable
                  Offered Note Register as the absolute owner of that Offered
                  Book-Entry Note and as the person entitled to receive payments
                  of principal or interest (as applicable) and each person shown
                  in the records of the applicable Depository as the holder of
                  any Offered Note represented by that Offered Book-Entry Note
                  will be entitled to receive from the registered owner of that
                  Offered Book-Entry Note any payment so made only in accordance
                  with the respective rules and procedures of that Depository;

         (b)      (OFFERED DEFINITIVE NOTES): who is the registered owner of any
                  Offered Definitive Note as recorded in the applicable Offered
                  Note Register as the absolute owner or owners of that Offered
                  Definitive Note (whether or not that Offered Definitive Note
                  is overdue and despite any notice of ownership or writing on
                  it or any notice of previous loss or theft or of any trust or
                  other interest in it); and

         (c)      (OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE): who, when an Offered Book-Entry Note
                  in respect of any Offered Note is no longer outstanding but
                  Offered Definitive Notes in respect of the Offered Notes have
                  not been issued, is for the time being the Offered Note
                  Trustee, as the person entrusted with the receipt of principal
                  or interest, as applicable, on behalf of the relevant Offered
                  Noteholders,

         in all cases and for all purposes, despite any notice to the contrary,
         and will not be liable for so doing.

3.13     REPAYMENT OF MONEYS

         (a)      (PRESCRIPTION): Immediately on any entitlement to receive
                  principal or interest under any Offered Note becoming void
                  under the Offered Note Conditions, the Principal Paying Agent
                  will repay to the Issuer the amount which would have been

                                                                               9

                  due in respect of that principal or interest if it had been
                  paid before the entitlement became void, together with any
                  fees applicable to that payment or entitlement (pro rated as
                  to the amount and time) to the extent already paid under
                  clause 12.

         (b)      (NO REPAYMENT WHILE OUTSTANDING AMOUNTS DUE): Notwithstanding
                  clause 3.13(a) the Principal Paying Agent is not obliged to
                  make any repayment to the Issuer while any fees and expenses
                  which should have been paid to or to the order of the
                  Principal Paying Agent or, if applicable, the Offered Note
                  Trustee, by the Issuer remain unpaid.

3.14     PAYING AGENTS TO RECORD, NOTIFY PAYMENTS AND DELIVER SURRENDERED
         NOTES

         Each Paying Agent must:

         (a)      (NOTIFY OFFERED NOTE REGISTRARS): promptly notify the
                  applicable Offered Note Registrar of each payment made by it,
                  or at its direction, to Offered Noteholders in respect of the
                  Offered Notes;

         (b)      (RECORDS): keep a full and complete record of each payment
                  made by it, or at its direction, to Offered Noteholders and
                  provide copies of such records to the Issuer, the Manager, the
                  Offered Note Trustee or the applicable Offered Note Registrar
                  upon request; and

         (c)      (DELIVER): promptly deliver to the applicable Offered Note
                  Registrar any Offered Notes surrendered to it pursuant to
                  Condition 8.2 of the Offered Note Conditions.

         A record by a Paying Agent under this clause 3.14 is sufficient
         evidence, unless the contrary is proved, of the relevant payments
         having been made or not made.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.       APPOINTMENT AND DUTIES OF THE AGENT BANK

4.1      APPOINTMENT

         The Issuer, at the direction of the Manager, hereby appoints the Agent
         Bank as its initial reference agent in respect of the Offered Notes
         upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and the Agent
         Bank hereby accepts that appointment.

4.2      DETERMINATIONS BY AGENT BANK

         The Agent Bank must perform such duties, and make such calculations,
         determinations, notifications and publications at its Specified Office
         as are set forth in the Offered Note Conditions and the Currency Swap
         Agreement (in respect of the Class A-1 Currency Swap and the Class A-3
         Currency Swap, each as defined in the Currency Swap Agreement) to be
         performed or made by it until the Offered Notes are redeemed (or deemed
         to be redeemed) in full in accordance with the Offered Note Conditions
         and must perform any other duties as requested by the Issuer, the
         Manager or the Principal Paying Agent which are reasonably incidental
         to those duties.

4.3      NOTIFICATION BY AGENT BANK

         If the Agent Bank fails to perform any duty or to make any calculation,
         determination, notification or publication as provided in clause 4.2,
         it must forthwith notify the Issuer, the Manager, the Offered Note
         Trustee, the Principal Paying Agent and the Currency Swap Provider
         thereof.

                                                                              10

4.4      OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE TO PERFORM AGENT BANK'S FUNCTION

         If the Agent Bank at any time for any reason does not determine an
         Interest Rate for the Offered Notes, or calculate a Class A-1 Interest
         Amount or Class A-3 Interest Amount (each as defined in the Offered
         Note Conditions), the Offered Note Trustee must do so and each such
         determination or calculation will be as if made by the Agent Bank for
         the purposes of the Offered Note Conditions. In doing so, the Offered
         Note Trustee will apply the provisions of Condition 6 of the Offered
         Note Conditions, with any necessary consequential amendments, to the
         extent that it can and, in all other respects it will do so in such a
         manner as it considers fair and reasonable in all the circumstances.

4.5      DOCUMENTS TO AGENT BANK

         The Manager and the Issuer will provide to the Agent Bank such
         documents and other information as the Agent Bank reasonably requires
         in order for the Agent Bank to properly fulfil its duties in respect of
         the Offered Notes and the Currency Swap Agreement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.       APPOINTMENT AND DUTIES OF THE OFFERED NOTE REGISTRARS

5.1      OFFERED NOTE REGISTRARS

         The Issuer, at the direction of the Manager, hereby appoints:

         (a)      (US DOLLAR NOTE REGISTRAR): the US Dollar Note Registrar as
                  its initial note registrar in respect of the Class A-1 Notes
                  upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and
                  the US Dollar Note Registrar hereby accepts that appointment;
                  and

         (b)      (EURO NOTE REGISTRAR): the Euro Note Registrar as its initial
                  note registrar in respect of the Class A-3 Notes upon the
                  terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and the Euro
                  Note Registrar hereby accepts that appointment.

5.2      OFFERED NOTE REGISTERS TO BE KEPT

         The US Dollar Note Registrar must, in respect of the Class A-1 Notes,
         keep a register, at one of its Specified Offices, and the Euro Note
         Registrar must, in respect of the Class A-3 Notes, keep a register, at
         its Specified Office, in which, subject to such reasonable regulations
         as the applicable Offered Note Registrar may prescribe, that Offered
         Note Registrar must keep a full and complete record of:

         (a)      (OFFERED NOTEHOLDER DETAILS): the name, address and, where
                  applicable, taxation, social security or other identifying
                  number of each Offered Noteholder, the details of the Offered
                  Notes held by that Offered Noteholder and the details of the
                  account to which any payments due to the Offered Noteholder
                  are to be made in each case as notified by that Offered
                  Noteholder from time to time;

         (b)      (EXCHANGE ETC. OF OFFERED NOTES): the issue and any exchange,
                  transfer, replacement, redemption (in whole or part) or
                  cancellation of an Offered Note;

         (c)      (PAYMENTS): all payments made in respect of the Offered Notes
                  (as notified to it by each Paying Agent pursuant to clause
                  3.14(a));

         (d)      (PRINCIPAL): the Invested Amount and the Stated Amount of each
                  Offered Note from time to time (as notified to it by the
                  Manager pursuant to clause 7.1); and

         (e)      (OTHER INFORMATION): such other information as the Manager
                  reasonably requires or the applicable Offered Note Registrar
                  considers appropriate or desirable.

                                                                              11

5.3      TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF OFFERED NOTES

         Offered Notes held by an Offered Noteholder may be transferred or may
         be exchanged for other Offered Notes of the same class in any
         authorised denominations and a like Invested Amount, provided in each
         case that the requirements of Section 8-401(a) of the UCC are met, by
         that Offered Noteholder upon:

         (a)      (SURRENDER AND INSTRUMENT OF TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE): the
                  surrender of the Offered Notes to be transferred or exchanged
                  duly endorsed with, or accompanied by, a written instrument of
                  transfer or exchange in the form, in the case of a transfer,
                  annexed to the Offered Notes or otherwise in a form
                  satisfactory to the applicable Offered Note Registrar duly
                  executed by the Offered Noteholder, or its attorney duly
                  authorised in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an
                  "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
                  that Offered Note Registrar which requirements include
                  membership of, or participation in, STAMP or such other
                  "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by that
                  Offered Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for,
                  STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act; and

         (b)      (OTHER DOCUMENTS): the provision of such other documents as
                  that Offered Note Registrar may reasonably require,

         to the applicable Offered Note Registrar at a Specified Office of
         that Offered Note Registrar.

5.4      REPLACEMENT OF LOST OR MUTILATED OFFERED NOTES

         If any Offered Note is lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed it
         may, provided that the requirements of Section 8-405 of the UCC are
         met, be replaced with other Offered Notes of the same class in any
         authorised denominations, and a like Invested Amount, upon surrender to
         the applicable Offered Note Registrar of the Offered Notes to be
         replaced (where the Offered Notes have been mutilated or defaced) at a
         Specified Office of that Offered Note Registrar, the provision of such
         evidence and indemnities as that Offered Note Registrar or the Issuer
         may reasonably require and payment of that Offered Note Registrar's and
         the Issuer's expenses incurred, and any tax or governmental charge that
         may be imposed, in connection with such replacement.

5.5      OBLIGATIONS UPON TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR REPLACEMENT OF OFFERED NOTES

         Subject to this Deed, upon compliance by the relevant Offered
         Noteholder with the provisions of clauses 5.3 or 5.4, as applicable, in
         relation to the transfer, exchange or replacement of any Offered Notes:

         (a)      (ADVISE ISSUER): the applicable Offered Note Registrar must
                  within 3 Business Days so advise the Issuer and the Offered
                  Note Trustee (if it is not the Offered Note Registrar) in
                  writing and provide details of the new Offered Notes to be
                  issued in place of those Offered Notes;

         (b)      (EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION): the Issuer must, within 3
                  Business Days of such advice, execute and deliver to the
                  Offered Note Trustee for authentication in the name of the
                  relevant Offered Noteholder or the designated transferee or
                  transferees, as the case may be, one or more new Offered Notes
                  of the same class in any authorised denominations, and a like
                  Invested Amount as those Offered Notes (in each case as
                  specified by the applicable Offered Note Registrar) and the
                  Offered Note Trustee must within 3 Business Days of receipt of
                  such executed Offered Notes authenticate them and (if it is
                  not that Offered Note Registrar) deliver those Offered Notes
                  to that Offered Note Registrar; and

                                                                              12

         (c)      (DELIVERY TO OFFERED NOTEHOLDER): the applicable Offered Note
                  Registrar must, within 3 Business Days of receipt of such new
                  Offered Notes (or authentication of such Offered Notes if that
                  Offered Note Registrar is the Offered Note Trustee), forward
                  to the relevant Offered Noteholder (being the transferee in
                  the case of a transfer of an Offered Note) such new Offered
                  Notes.

5.6      NO CHARGE FOR TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE

         No service charge may be made to an Offered Noteholder for any transfer
         or exchange of Offered Notes, but the applicable Offered Note Registrar
         may require payment by the Offered Noteholder of a sum sufficient to
         cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
         connection with any transfer or exchange of Offered Notes.

5.7      RESTRICTED PERIOD

         Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this clause 5, an Offered
         Note Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of Offered
         Notes, and the Issuer is not required to execute nor the Offered Note
         Trustee to authenticate any Offered Notes, for a period of 30 days
         preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Offered
         Notes or for such period, not exceeding 30 days, as is specified by the
         Offered Note Trustee prior to any meeting of Relevant Investors, which
         includes Offered Noteholders, under the Master Trust Deed or prior to
         any meeting of Voting Secured Creditors, which includes Offered
         Noteholders, under the Security Trust Deed.

5.8      CANCELLATION OF OFFERED NOTES

         Each Offered Note Registrar must cancel or destroy all Offered Notes
         that have been surrendered to it for transfer, exchange or replacement
         (including any Offered Book Entry Notes surrendered pursuant to clause
         3.4(b) of the Offered Note Trust Deed) or surrendered to a Paying Agent
         for redemption and delivered to that Offered Note Registrar and must,
         upon request, provide a certificate to the Issuer, the Offered Note
         Trustee or the Manager with the details of all such Offered Notes.

5.9      PROVISION OF INFORMATION AND INSPECTION OF REGISTERS

         Each Offered Note Registrar must:

         (a)      (INFORMATION): provide to the Issuer, the Manager, the Offered
                  Note Trustee and each other Agent such information as is
                  contained in the Offered Note Register maintained by it and is
                  required by them in order to perform any obligation pursuant
                  to a Transaction Documents;

         (b)      (INSPECTION): make the Offered Note Register maintained by it:

                  (i)      available for inspection or copying by the Issuer,
                           the Manager, the Offered Note Trustee and each other
                           Agent or their agents or delegates; and

                  (ii)     available for inspection by each applicable Offered
                           Noteholder but only in respect of information
                           relating to that Offered Noteholder,

         at one of that Offered Note Registrar's Specified Offices during local
         business hours.

5.10     CORRECTNESS OF REGISTER AND INFORMATION

         The Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee, the Manager and each Agent (other
         than each Offered Note Registrar) may accept the correctness of an
         Offered Note Register and any information

                                                                              13

         provided to it by an Offered Note Registrar and is not required to
         enquire into its authenticity. None of the Issuer, the Offered Note
         Trustee, the Manager or any Agent (including each Offered Note
         Registrar) is liable for any mistake in an Offered Note Register or in
         any purported copy except to the extent that the mistake is
         attributable to its own fraud, negligence or wilful default.

5.11     NON-RECOGNITION OF EQUITABLE INTERESTS

         Except as required by Statute or as ordered by a court of competent
         jurisdiction, no notice of any trust, whether express, implied or
         constructive, is to be entered in an Offered Note Register and except
         as otherwise provided in any Transaction Document, or required by
         Statute or ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction, none of the
         Offered Note Registrars, the Offered Note Trustee, the Issuer, the
         Manager or any other Agent is to be affected by or compelled to
         recognise (even when having notice of it) any right or interest in any
         Offered Notes other than the registered Offered Noteholder's absolute
         right to the entirety of them and the receipt of a registered Offered
         Noteholder is a good discharge to the Issuer, the Manager, the Offered
         Note Trustee and each Agent.

5.12     RECTIFICATION OF AN OFFERED NOTE REGISTER

         If:

         (a)      (ENTRY OMITTED): an entry is omitted from an Offered Note
                  Register;

         (b)      (ENTRY MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS DEED): an
                  entry is made in an Offered Note Register otherwise than in
                  accordance with this Agreement;

         (c)      (WRONG ENTRY EXISTS): an entry wrongly exists in an Offered
                  Note Registrar;

         (d)      (ERROR OR DEFECT EXISTS IN REGISTER); there is an error or
                  defect in any entry in an Offered Note Register; or

         (e)      (DEFAULT MADE): default is made or unnecessary delay takes
                  place in entering in an Offered Note Register that any person
                  has ceased to be the holder of Offered Notes,

         then the applicable Offered Note Registrar may rectify the same.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.       OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE'S REQUIREMENTS REGARDING AGENTS

6.1      FOLLOWING ENFORCEMENT OF THE CHARGE OR ISSUE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES

         At any time after either an Event of Default (unless waived by the
         Security Trustee pursuant to clause 9.5 of the Security Trust Deed) or
         the enforcement of the Charge or at any time after Offered Definitive
         Notes have not been issued when required in accordance with the Offered
         Note Trust Deed, the Offered Note Trustee may:

         (a)      (REQUIRE AGENTS): by notice in writing to the Issuer, the
                  Manager, and each Agent require any one or more of the Agents
                  either:

                  (i)      A.    to act as the Agent of the Offered Note Trustee
                                 on the terms and conditions of this Agreement
                                 in relation to payments to be made by or on
                                 behalf of the Offered Note Trustee under the
                                 terms of the Offered Note Trust Deed, except
                                 that the Offered Note Trustee's liability under
                                 any provision of this Agreement for the
                                 indemnification of the Principal Paying Agent,
                                 the Paying Agents and the Agent Bank will be
                                 limited to any amount for the time being held
                                 by the Offered Note

                                                                              14

                                 Trustee on the trust of the Offered Note Trust
                                 Deed and which is available to be applied by
                                 the Offered Note Trustee for that purpose; and

                         B.      hold all Offered Notes, and all amounts,
                                 documents and records held by them in respect
                                 of the Offered Notes, on behalf of the Offered
                                 Note Trustee; or

                  (ii)     to deliver up all Offered Notes and all amounts,
                           documents and records held by them in respect of the
                           Offered Notes, to the Offered Note Trustee or as the
                           Offered Note Trustee directs in that notice, other
                           than any documents or records which an Agent is
                           obliged not to release by any law; and

         (b)      (REQUIRE ISSUER): by notice in writing to the Issuer require
                  it to make (or arrange to be made) all subsequent payments in
                  respect of the Offered Notes to the order of the Offered Note
                  Trustee and not to the Principal Paying Agent and, with effect
                  from the issue of that notice to the Issuer and until that
                  notice is withdrawn, clause 6.1(b) of the Offered Note Trust
                  Deed will not apply.

6.2      GOOD DISCHARGE TO ISSUER

         The payment by or on behalf of the Issuer of its payment obligations on
         each Quarterly Distribution Date under the Series Supplement and the
         Offered Note Conditions to the Offered Note Trustee in accordance with
         clause 6.1 is a good discharge to the Issuer and the Issuer will not be
         liable for any act or omission or default of the Offered Note Trustee
         during the period it is required to make payments to the Offered Note
         Trustee under clause 6.1.

6.3      CHANGE OF AUTHORISED OFFICERS

         The Offered Note Trustee will forthwith give notice to the Manager, the
         Issuer, the Security Trustee and each Agent of any change in the
         Authorised Officers of the Offered Note Trustee.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.       REDEMPTION OF OFFERED NOTES

7.1      PART REDEMPTION OF OFFERED NOTES ON QUARTERLY DISTRIBUTION DATES

         (a)      (MANAGER TO MAKE DETERMINATIONS ETC): Two Business Days prior
                  to each Quarterly Distribution Date, the Manager will make the
                  determinations referred to in Condition 7.11(a) of the Offered
                  Note Conditions in relation to that Quarterly Distribution
                  Date and will give to the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee,
                  the Principal Paying Agent, the Agent Bank, each Offered Note
                  Registrar and the Irish Stock Exchange the notifications, and
                  will cause to be made to the Offered Noteholders the
                  publication, required by Condition 7.11(b) of the Offered Note
                  Conditions. If the Manager does not at any time for any reason
                  make the determinations referred to in Condition 7.11(a) of
                  the Offered Note Conditions it must forthwith advise the
                  Offered Note Trustee and the Agent Bank and such
                  determinations must be made by the Agent Bank, or failing the
                  Agent Bank, by the Offered Note Trustee in accordance with
                  such Condition 7.11(c) of the Offered Note Conditions (but
                  based on the information in its possession) and each such
                  determination will be deemed to have been made by the Manager.

         (b)      (NOTIFY EACH DEPOSITORY): If any Offered Book-Entry Notes are
                  outstanding, on receipt of a notification under Condition
                  7.11(b) of the Offered Note Conditions, the Principal Paying
                  Agent must notify each Depository of any proposed redemption
                  in accordance with that Depository's applicable procedures,
                  specifying

                                                                              15

                  the principal amount of each Offered Book-Entry Note to be
                  redeemed and the date on which the redemption is to occur and
                  must provide a copy to each Depository of the notification
                  received under Condition 7.11(b) of the Offered Note
                  Conditions.

7.2      EARLY REDEMPTION

         (a)      (NOTICE TO PAYING AGENT ETC): If the Issuer intends to redeem
                  all (but not some only) of the Offered Notes prior to the
                  Scheduled Maturity Date (as defined in the Offered Note
                  Conditions) pursuant to Conditions 7.3 or 7.4 of the Offered
                  Note Conditions, the Manager will direct the Issuer to give
                  the requisite notice to the Sellers, the Offered Note Trustee,
                  the Principal Paying Agent, each Offered Note Registrar, the
                  Agent Bank and the Offered Noteholders in accordance with
                  Conditions 7.3 or 7.4 (as the case may be) of the Offered Note
                  Conditions and stating the date on which such Offered Notes
                  are to be redeemed.

         (b)      (NOTICE TO EACH DEPOSITORY): The Principal Paying Agent will,
                  on receipt of a notice under clause 7.2(a), and if any Offered
                  Book Entry Notes are outstanding, notify each Depository of
                  the proposed redemption in accordance with that Depository's
                  applicable procedures, specifying the Invested Amount and
                  Stated Amount of each Offered Book-Entry Note to be redeemed,
                  the amount of principal to be repaid in relation to each
                  Offered Book-Entry Note and the date on which the Offered
                  Book-Entry Notes are to be redeemed.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.       GENERAL AGENT MATTERS

8.1      NOTICES TO OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS

         (a)      (NOTICES TO BE GIVEN BY OFFERED NOTE REGISTRARS): At the
                  request of the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee, the Manager,
                  the Security Trustee or any other Agent, and at the expense of
                  the Issuer, each Offered Note Registrar will arrange for the
                  delivery of all notices and the Quarterly Servicing Report to
                  the applicable Offered Noteholders in accordance with the
                  Offered Note Conditions.

         (b)      (COPY TO OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE): Each Offered Note Registrar
                  will promptly send to the Offered Note Trustee one copy of the
                  form of every notice given to the applicable Offered
                  Noteholders in accordance with the Offered Note Conditions
                  (unless such notice is given at the request of the Offered
                  Note Trustee).

         An Offered Note Registrar will not be responsible for, or liable to any
         person in respect of, the contents of any notices or reports delivered
         by it at the request of the Issuer, the Offered Note Trustee, the
         Manager, the Security Trustee or any other Agent pursuant to this
         clause 8.1.

8.2      COPIES OF DOCUMENTS FOR INSPECTION

         The Manager will provide to:

         (a)      (OFFERED NOTE REGISTRAR): each Offered Note Registrar
                  sufficient copies of all documents required by the Offered
                  Note Conditions or the Offered Note Trust Deed to be available
                  to the applicable Offered Noteholders; and

         (b)      (OFFERED NOTE IRISH PAYING AGENT): the Offered Note Irish
                  Paying Agent and the Class A-2 Irish Paying Agent, copies of
                  all documents required by the listing rules of the Irish Stock
                  Exchange to be available to the applicable Offered Noteholders
                  or Class A-2 Noteholders,

         for issue or inspection.

                                                                              16

8.3      NOTICE OF ANY WITHHOLDING OR DEDUCTION

         If the Issuer or any Paying Agent is, in respect of any payment in
         respect of the Offered Notes, compelled to withhold or deduct any
         amount for or on account of any taxes, duties or charges as
         contemplated by Condition 8.4 of the Offered Note Conditions, the
         Issuer must give notice to the Principal Paying Agent, the Offered Note
         Trustee and the Offered Noteholders in accordance with Condition 11.1
         of the Offered Note Conditions immediately after becoming aware of the
         requirement to make the withholding or deduction and must give to the
         Principal Paying Agent and the Offered Note Trustee such information as
         they require to enable each of them to comply with the requirement.

8.4      INFORMATION AND FORMS

         The Issuer and the Manager each severally covenants in favour of each
         Agent that it will, following a request by an Agent, provide to that
         Agent, as that Agent may reasonably require to enable it to perform its
         duties and functions under this Agreement, such information, forms and
         other documents that are in the possession of the Issuer or the
         Manager, as the case may be, or which it is otherwise entitled to
         obtain from any person.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.       INDEMNITY

9.1      INDEMNITY BY ISSUER

         Subject to clause 15, the Issuer undertakes to indemnify each Note
         Agent and its directors, officers, employees and controlling persons
         against all losses, liabilities, costs, claims, actions, damages,
         expenses or demands which any of them may incur or which may be made
         against any of them as a result of or in connection with the
         appointment of or the exercise of the powers and duties by the Note
         Agent under this Agreement except as may result from its fraud,
         negligence or wilful default or that of its directors, officers,
         employees or controlling persons or any of them, or breach by it of the
         terms of this Agreement and notwithstanding the resignation or removal
         of that Note Agent pursuant to clause 10.

9.2      INDEMNITY BY NOTE AGENT

         Each Note Agent undertakes to indemnify on a several basis the Issuer,
         the Manager and each of their respective directors, officers, employees
         and controlling persons against all losses, liabilities, costs, claims,
         actions, damages, expenses or demands which any of them may incur or
         which may be made against any of them as a result of (but not including
         any consequential, indirect, punitive or special damages to the extent
         resulting from) its wilful default, negligence or fraud or that of its
         directors, officers, employees or controlling persons or any of them,
         or breach by it of the terms of this Agreement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.      CHANGES IN AGENTS

10.1     APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL

         The Issuer (on the direction of the Manager) may with the prior written
         approval of the Offered Note Trustee (which approval must not be
         unreasonably withheld or delayed):

         (a)      (APPOINT NEW AGENTS): appoint:

                  (i)      additional or alternative Paying Agents (other than
                           the Principal Paying Agent); or

                  (ii)     an alternative Agent Bank, Offered Note Registrar or
                           Principal Paying Agent; and

                                                                              17

         (b)      (TERMINATE APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS): subject to this clause 10,
                  terminate the appointment of any Agent by giving written
                  notice to that effect to the Agent whose appointment is to be
                  terminated copied to each Rating Agency, the Offered Note
                  Trustee and (if it is not the Agent whose appointment is to be
                  terminated) the Principal Paying Agent:

                  (i)      with effect immediately on the giving of that notice,
                           if any of the following occurs in relation to the
                           Agent (as the case may be):

                           A.       an Insolvency Event;

                           B.       it ceases to conduct business or proposes to
                                    cease conduct of its business or a
                                    substantial part of that business; or

                           C.       it fails to remedy within five Business Days
                                    after prior written notice by the Issuer or
                                    Manager any material breach of this
                                    Agreement on the part of the Agent (as the
                                    case may be); and

                  (ii)     otherwise, with effect on a date not less than 60
                           days' from that notice (which date must be not less
                           than 30 days before any due date for payment on any
                           Offered Notes).

10.2     RESIGNATION

         Subject to this clause 10, an Agent may resign its appointment under
         this Agreement at any time by giving to the Issuer, the Manager, each
         Rating Agency and (where the Agent resigning is not the Principal
         Paying Agent) the Principal Paying Agent not less than 90 days' written
         notice to that effect (which notice must expire not less than 30 days
         before, any due date for payment on any Offered Notes).

10.3     LIMITATION OF APPOINTMENT AND TERMINATION

         Notwithstanding clauses 10.1 and 10.2:

         (a)      (PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT AND OFFERED NOTE REGISTRARS): the
                  resignation by, or the termination of, the appointment of the
                  Principal Paying Agent or an Offered Note Registrar will not
                  take effect until a new Principal Paying Agent or Offered Note
                  Registrar, as the case may be, approved in writing by the
                  Offered Note Trustee has been appointed on terms previously
                  approved in writing by the Offered Note Trustee (in each case,
                  the approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and
                  with, in the case of the US Dollar Note Registrar, Specified
                  Offices in each of New York and London, and in the case of the
                  Euro Note Registrar, a Specified Office in London;

         (b)      (APPOINTMENT BY RETIRING AGENT): if any Agent resigns in
                  accordance with clause 10.2 but, by the day falling 15 days
                  before the expiry of any notice under clause 10.2 the Issuer
                  has not appointed a new Agent, then the relevant Agent may
                  appoint in its place any reputable bank or trust company of
                  good standing approved in writing by the Offered Note Trustee
                  and appointed on terms previously approved in writing by the
                  Offered Note Trustee (in each case, the approval not to be
                  unreasonably withheld or delayed);

         (c)      (SPECIFIED OFFICE OF PAYING AGENT IN NEW YORK AND LONDON): the
                  resignation by, or the termination of the appointment of, any
                  Paying Agent will not take effect if, as a result of the
                  resignation or termination, there would not be a Paying Agent
                  which has a Specified Office in New York City or there would
                  not be a Paying Agent which has a Specified Office in London;

                                                                              18

         (d)      (OFFICE OF PAYING AGENT IN THE REPUBLIC OF IRELAND): so long
                  as the Offered Notes are listed on the Daily Official List of
                  the Irish Stock Exchange and the listing rules of the Irish
                  Stock Exchange require the appointment of a paying agent which
                  has an office in the Republic of Ireland as a condition of
                  such listing, the resignation by, or the termination of the
                  appointment of, the Offered Note Irish Paying Agent will not
                  take effect if, as a result of the resignation or termination,
                  there would not be a Paying Agent which has an specified
                  office in the Republic of Ireland;

         (e)      (SPECIFIED OFFICE OF AGENT BANK): the resignation by, or the
                  termination of the appointment of the Agent Bank will not take
                  effect until a new Agent Bank having its Specified Office in
                  London or New York has been appointed; and

         (f)      (TERMS OF APPOINTMENT OF ADDITIONAL PAYING AGENTS): the
                  appointment of any additional Paying Agent will be on the
                  terms and the conditions of this Agreement and each of the
                  parties to this Agreement must co-operate fully to do all
                  further acts and things and execute any further documents as
                  may be necessary or desirable to give effect to the
                  appointment of the Paying Agent (which will not, except in the
                  case of an appointment under clause 10.1(a) or a termination
                  under clause 10.1(b)(ii), be at the cost of the Issuer or
                  Manager).

10.4     PAYMENT OF AMOUNTS HELD BY THE PAYING AGENT

         If the appointment of a Paying Agent is terminated, that Paying Agent
         must, on the date on which that termination takes effect, pay to the
         successor Paying Agent any amount held by it for payment of principal
         or interest in respect of any Offered Note and must deliver to the
         successor Paying Agent all records maintained by it and all documents
         (including any Offered Notes) held by it pursuant to this Agreement.

10.5     RECORDS HELD BY AN OFFERED NOTE REGISTRAR

         If the appointment of an Offered Note Registrar is terminated, that
         Offered Note Registrar must, on the date on which that termination
         takes effect, deliver to its successor Offered Note Registrar the
         applicable Offered Note Register and all records maintained by it and
         all documents (including any applicable Offered Notes) held by it
         pursuant to this Agreement.

10.6     SUCCESSOR TO PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT, PAYING AGENT, AGENT BANK OR AN
         OFFERED NOTE REGISTRAR

         (a)      (APPOINTMENT AND RELEASE): On the execution by the Issuer, the
                  Manager and any successor Principal Paying Agent, Paying
                  Agent, Agent Bank or Offered Note Registrar of an instrument
                  effecting the appointment of that successor Principal Paying
                  Agent, Paying Agent, Agent Bank or Offered Note Registrar that
                  successor Principal Paying Agent, Paying Agent, Agent Bank or
                  Offered Note Registrar, as the case may be, will, without any
                  further act, deed or conveyance, become vested with all the
                  authority, rights, powers, trusts, immunities, duties and
                  obligations of its predecessor as if originally named as
                  Principal Paying Agent, Paying Agent, Agent Bank or Offered
                  Note Registrar, as the case may be, in this Agreement and that
                  predecessor, on payment to it of the pro rata proportion of
                  its administration fee and disbursements then unpaid (if any),
                  will have no further liabilities under this Agreement, except
                  for any accrued liabilities arising from or relating to any
                  act or omission occurring prior to the date on which the
                  successor Principal Paying Agent, Paying Agent, Agent Bank or
                  Offered Note Registrar was appointed.

         (b)      (MERGER): Any corporation:

                                                                              19

                  (i)      into which the Principal Paying Agent, a Paying
                           Agent, the Agent Bank or an Offered Note Registrar is
                           merged;

                  (ii)     with which the Principal Paying Agent, a Paying
                           Agent, the Agent Bank or an Offered Note Registrar is
                           consolidated;

                  (iii)    resulting from any merger or consolidation to which
                           the Principal Paying Agent, a Paying Agent, the Agent
                           Bank or an Offered Note Registrar is a party; or

                  (iv)     to which the Principal Paying Agent, a Paying Agent,
                           the Agent Bank or an Offered Note Registrar sells or
                           otherwise transfers all or substantially all the
                           assets of its corporate trust business,

                  must, on the date when that merger, conversion, consolidation,
                  sale or transfer becomes effective and to the extent permitted
                  by applicable law, become the successor Principal Paying
                  Agent, Paying Agent, Agent Bank or applicable Offered Note
                  Registrar, as the case may be, under this Agreement without
                  the execution or filing of any agreement or document or any
                  further act on the part of the parties to this Agreement,
                  unless otherwise required by the Issuer or the Manager, and
                  after that effective date all references in this Agreement to
                  the Principal Paying Agent, Paying Agent, Agent Bank, US
                  Dollar Note Registrar or Euro Note Registrar, as the case may
                  be, will be references to that corporation.

10.7     NOTICE TO OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS

         The Manager on behalf of the Issuer will, within 5 days of:

         (a)      (TERMINATION): the termination of the appointment of any
                  Agent;

         (b)      (RESIGNATION): the resignation of any Agent; or

         (c)      (APPOINTMENT): the appointment of a new Agent,

         give to the Offered Noteholders notice of the termination, appointment
         or resignation in accordance with Condition 11.1 of the Offered Note
         Conditions (in the case of a termination under clause 10.1(b)(i) or
         10.2 at the cost of the outgoing Agent). Notwithstanding clauses 10.1
         and 10.2, neither the termination of the appointment of an Agent, nor
         the resignation of an Agent, will take effect until notice thereof is
         given to the Offered Noteholders in accordance with this clause 10.7.

10.8     CHANGE IN SPECIFIED OFFICE

         (a)      (AGENTS CHANGE): If any Agent proposes to change its Specified
                  Office (which must be within the same city as its previous
                  Specified Office), it must give to the Issuer the Manager, the
                  Offered Note Trustee and the other Agents not less than 30
                  days' prior written notice of that change, giving the address
                  of the new Specified Office and stating the date on which the
                  change is to take effect. No change of a Specified Office may
                  occur in the period 30 days before any due date for payment on
                  any Offered Notes.

         (b)      (NOTICE TO OFFERED NOTEHOLDERS): The Manager must, within 14
                  days of receipt of a notice under clause 10.8(a) (unless the
                  appointment is to terminate pursuant to clause 10.1 or 10.2 on
                  or prior to the date of that change) give to the Offered
                  Noteholders notice in accordance with Condition 11.1 of the
                  Offered Note Conditions of that change and of the address of
                  the new Specified Office, but the cost of giving that notice
                  must be borne by the Agent which is changing its

                                                                              20

                  Specified Office and not by the Issuer or the Manager.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.      MISCELLANEOUS DUTIES AND PROTECTION

11.1     AGENTS ARE AGENTS OF THE ISSUER

         (a)      (AGENT OF THE SERIES TRUST): Subject to clause 6.1, each Agent
                  is the agent of the Issuer in its capacity as trustee of the
                  Series Trust only.

         (b)      (ISSUER NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR AGENTS): Notwithstanding any other
                  provision contained in this Agreement, any other Transaction
                  Document or at law, the Issuer in its personal capacity is not
                  responsible for any act or omission of any Agent.

11.2     AGENCY

         Subject to any other provision of this Agreement, each Agent acts
         solely for and as agent of the Issuer and does not have any obligations
         towards or relationship of agency or trust with any person entitled to
         receive payments of principal and/or interest on the Offered Notes and
         is responsible only for the performance of the duties and obligations
         imposed on it pursuant to clause 11.6.

11.3     RELIANCE

         Each Agent is protected and will incur no liability for or in respect
         of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it in reliance upon any
         instruction, request or order from the Issuer or the Manager or in
         reliance upon any Offered Note or upon any notice, resolution,
         direction, consent, certificate, affidavit, statement or other paper or
         document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been
         delivered, signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

11.4     ENTITLED TO DEAL

         An Agent is not precluded from acquiring, holding or dealing in any
         Offered Notes or from engaging or being interested in any contract or
         other financial or other transaction with the Issuer or the Manager as
         freely as if it were not an agent of the Issuer under this Agreement
         and in no event whatsoever (other than fraud, wilful default or
         negligence) will any Agent be liable to account to the Issuer or any
         person entitled to receive amounts of principal or interest on the
         Offered Notes for any profit made or fees or commissions received in
         connection with this agreement or any Offered Notes.

11.5     CONSULTATION

         Each Agent may, after 5 days' prior notice to the Issuer and the
         Manager, consult as to legal matters with lawyers selected by it, who
         may be employees of or lawyers to the Issuer, the Manager or the
         relevant Agent. An Agent is not required to provide 5 days prior notice
         of the consultation specified above if, in the reasonable opinion of
         that Agent, to do so would be contrary to the performance by it of its
         obligations under this Agreement, provided that such Agent must provide
         written notice to the Issuer and the Manager as soon as practicable
         after that consultation.

11.6     DUTIES AND OBLIGATIONS

         Each Agent will perform the duties and obligations, and only the duties
         and obligations, contained in or reasonably incidental to this
         Agreement and the Offered Note Conditions and no implied duties or
         obligations (other than general laws as to agency) will be read into
         this Agreement or the Offered Note Conditions against any Agent. An
         Agent is not required to take any action under this Agreement which
         would require it to incur any expense or liability for

                                                                              21

         which (in its reasonable opinion) either it would not be reimbursed
         within a reasonable time or in respect of which it has not been
         indemnified to its satisfaction.

11.7     INCOME TAX RETURNS

         The Principal Paying Agent will deliver to each Offered Noteholder such
         information as may be reasonably required to enable such Offered
         Noteholder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns.

11.8     REPRESENTATION BY EACH AGENT

         Each Agent represents and warrants that it is duly qualified to assume
         its obligations under this Agreement and has obtained all necessary
         approvals required to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
         under this Agreement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.      FEES AND EXPENSES

12.1     PAYMENT OF FEE

         The Issuer will pay to each Note Agent during the period that any of
         the Offered Notes or the Class A-2 Notes remain outstanding the
         administration fee separately agreed by that Note Agent and the Issuer.
         If the appointment of a Note Agent is terminated under this Agreement,
         the Note Agent must refund to the Issuer that proportion of the fee (if
         any) which relates to the period during which the Note Agent's
         appointment is terminated.

12.2     PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

         The Issuer must pay or reimburse to each Note Agent all reasonable
         costs, expenses, charges, stamp duties and other Taxes and liabilities
         properly incurred by that Note Agent in the performance of the
         obligations of that Note Agent under this Agreement including, without
         limitation, all costs and expenses (including legal costs and expenses)
         incurred by that Note Agent in the enforcement of any obligations under
         this Agreement. Nothing in this clause 12.2 entitles or permits a Note
         Agent to be reimbursed or indemnified for general overhead costs and
         expenses (including, without limitation, rents and any amounts payable
         by that Note Agent to its employees in connection with their
         employment) incurred directly or indirectly in connection with the
         business activities of that Note Agent or in the exercise of its
         rights, powers and discretions or the performance of its duties and
         obligations under this Agreement.

12.3     NO OTHER FEES

         Except as provided in clauses 12.1 and 12.2, or as expressly provided
         elsewhere in this Agreement, neither the Issuer nor the Manager has any
         liability in respect of any fees or expenses of any Note Agent in
         connection with this Agreement.

12.4     PAYMENT OF FEES

         The above fees, payments and expenses will be paid in United States
         dollars. The Issuer will in addition pay any value added tax which may
         be applicable. The Principal Paying Agent will arrange for payment of
         commissions to the other Paying Agents and arrange for the
         reimbursement of their expenses promptly upon demand, supported by
         evidence of that expenditure, and provided that payment is made as
         required by clause 12.1 the Issuer will not be concerned with or liable
         in respect of that payment.

12.5     NO COMMISSION

         Subject to this clause 12, no Paying Agent may charge any commission or
         fee in relation to

                                                                              22

         any payment by it under this Agreement.

12.6     ISSUER PERSONALLY LIABLE FOR FEES

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Issuer must
         pay to each Note Agent the fees referred to in clause 12.1, and any
         value added tax on such fees, from its own personal funds and will not
         be entitled to be indemnified from the Assets of the Series Trust with
         respect to such fees or value added taxes provided that if The Bank of
         New York or The Bank of New York, London Branch resigns or is removed
         as a Note Agent the Issuer will only be liable to pay the fees referred
         to in clause 12.1, and any value added tax on such fees, from its own
         personal funds to the extent that such fees and value added tax do not
         exceed the amount that would have been payable to The Bank of New York
         or The Bank of New York, London Branch, as the case may be, if it had
         remained as that Note Agent. The balance of such fees and value added
         tax, if any, will be an Expense for which the Issuer is entitled to be
         indemnified from the Assets of the Series Trust in accordance with the
         Series Supplement.

12.7     TIMING OF PAYMENTS

         Except as referred to in clause 12.6, all payments by the Issuer to a
         Note Agent under this clause 12 are payable on the first Monthly
         Distribution Date following demand by that Note Agent from funds
         available for this purpose in accordance with the Series Supplement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.      NOTICES

13.1     METHOD OF DELIVERY

         Subject to clause 13.4, any notice, request, certificate, approval,
         demand, consent or other communication to be given under this Agreement
         (other than notices to the Offered Noteholders) must:

         (a)      (IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY AN AUTHORISED OFFICER): except in
                  the case of communication by email, be in writing and signed
                  by an Authorised Officer of the party giving the same; and

         (b)      (DELIVERY): be:

                  (i)      left at the address of the addressee;

                  (ii)     sent by prepaid ordinary post to the address of the
                           addressee;

                  (iii)    sent by facsimile to the facsimile number of the
                           addressee; and

                  (iv)     sent by email by an Authorised Officer of the party
                           giving the same in accordance with the addressee's
                           email address,

         as notified by that addressee from time to time to the other parties to
         this Agreement as its address for service pursuant to this Agreement.

13.2     DEEMED RECEIPT

         A notice, request, certificate, demand, consent or other communication
         under this Agreement is deemed to have been received:

                  (a)      (DELIVERY): where delivered in person, upon receipt;

                  (b)      (POST): where sent by post, on the 3rd (7th if
                           outside Australia) day after posting;

                                                                              23

                  (c)      (FAX): where sent by facsimile, on production by the
                           dispatching facsimile machine of a transmission
                           report which indicates that the facsimile was sent in
                           its entirety to the facsimile number of the
                           recipient; and

                  (d)      (EMAIL): where sent by email, on the date the email
                           is received.

         However, if the time of deemed receipt of any notice is not before 5.30
         pm local time on a Business Day at the address of the recipient it is
         deemed to have been received at the commencement of business on the
         next Business Day.

13.3     EMAIL

         A notice, request, certificate, approval, demand, consent or other
         communication to be given under this Agreement may only be given by
         email where the recipient has separately agreed that that communication
         or communications of that type, may be given by email.

13.4     COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT

         All communications relating to this Agreement between the Issuer and
         the Agent Bank and any of the other Paying Agents or between the Paying
         Agents themselves will, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,
         be made through the Principal Paying Agent.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.      APPOINTMENT OF CLASS A-2 IRISH PAYING AGENT

14.1     APPOINTMENT

         The Issuer, at the direction of the Manager, hereby appoints the Class
         A-2 Irish Paying Agent as the initial paying agent in relation to the
         Class A-2 Notes. The appointment is made to fulfil the requirement
         under the listing rules of the Irish Stock Exchange as a condition of
         listing the Class A-2 Notes on the Daily Official List of the Irish
         Stock Exchange. The Class A-2 Irish Paying Agent will have only such
         duties, obligations and responsibilities as may from time to time be
         agreed in writing between the Issuer, the Manager and the Class A-2
         Irish Paying Agent and will have no other duties, obligations or
         responsibilities under this Agreement other than as provided in this
         clause 14 and clause 9.2. The Class A-2 Irish Paying Agent hereby
         accepts its appointment and agrees that during the term of its
         appointment it will maintain an office in the Republic of Ireland. A
         reference to an Agent in clauses 8.4, 11.4 and 11.5, and to a Paying
         Agent in clause 10.6, includes a reference to the Class A-2 Irish
         Paying Agent.

14.2     RESIGNATION AND TERMINATION

         The Issuer, at the direction of the Manager, may terminate the
         appointment of the Class A-2 Irish Paying Agent under this Agreement at
         any time by giving written notice to the Class A-2 Irish Paying Agent
         (copied to the Manager) to that effect. The Class A-2 Irish Paying
         Agent may resign its appointment under this Agreement at any time by
         giving to the Issuer and the Manager not less than 90 days' written
         notice to that effect. The termination of the appointment or the
         retirement of the Class A-2 Irish Paying Agent will not have any effect
         until a replacement agent is appointed with an office in the Republic
         of Ireland for so long as the listing rules of the Irish Stock Exchange
         require such a paying agent as a condition of listing the Class A-2
         Notes on the Daily Official List of the Irish Stock Exchange.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.      ISSUER'S LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

15.1     LIMITATION ON ISSUER'S LIABILITY

         The Issuer enters into this Agreement only in its capacity as trustee
         of the Series Trust and in no other capacity. A liability incurred by
         the Issuer acting in its capacity as trustee of the

                                                                              24

         Series Trust arising under or in connection with this Agreement is
         limited to and can be enforced against the Issuer only to the extent to
         which it can be satisfied out of the Assets of the Series Trust out of
         which the Issuer is actually indemnified for the liability. This
         limitation of the Issuer's liability applies despite any other
         provision of this Agreement (other than clauses 12.6 and 15.3) and
         extends to all liabilities and obligations of the Issuer in any way
         connected with any representation, warranty, conduct, omission,
         agreement or transaction related to this Agreement.

15.2     CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUER

         The parties other than the Issuer may not sue the Issuer in respect of
         any liabilities incurred by the Issuer acting in its capacity as
         trustee of the Series Trust in any capacity other than as trustee of
         the Series Trust including seeking the appointment of a receiver
         (except in relation to the Assets of the Series Trust) a liquidator, an
         administrator or any similar person to the Issuer or prove in any
         liquidation, administration or similar arrangements of or affecting the
         Issuer (except in relation to the Assets of the Series Trust).

15.3     BREACH OF TRUST

         The provisions of this clause 15 will not apply to any obligation or
         liability of the Issuer to the extent that it is not satisfied because
         under the Master Trust Deed, the Series Supplement or any other
         Transaction Document or by operation of law there is a reduction in the
         extent of the Issuer's indemnification out of the Assets of the Series
         Trust as a result of the Issuer's fraud, negligence or wilful default
         and will not apply to any obligation or liability of the Issuer to pay
         amounts from its personal funds pursuant to clause 12.6.

15.4     ACTS OR OMISSIONS

         It is acknowledged that the Relevant Parties are responsible under the
         Transaction Documents for performing a variety of obligations relating
         to the Series Trust. No act or omission of the Issuer (including any
         related failure to satisfy its obligations or any breach of
         representations or warranties under this Agreement) will be considered
         fraudulent, negligent or a wilful default for the purposes of clause
         15.3 to the extent to which the act or omission was caused or
         contributed to by any failure by any Relevant Party or any other person
         appointed by the Issuer under any Transaction Document (other than a
         person whose acts or omissions the Issuer is liable for in accordance
         with any Transaction Document) to fulfil its obligations relating to
         the Series Trust or by any other act or omission of a Relevant Party or
         any other such person.

15.5     NO AUTHORITY

         No Agent appointed in accordance with this Agreement has authority to
         act on behalf of the Issuer in a way which exposes the Issuer to any
         personal liability and no act or omission of any such person will be
         considered fraudulent, negligent or wilful default of the Issuer for
         the purposes of clause 15.3.

15.6     NO OBLIGATION

         The Issuer is not obliged to enter into any commitment or obligation
         under or in relation to this Agreement or any Transaction Document
         (including incur any further liability) unless the Issuer's liability
         is limited in a manner which is consistent with this clause 15 or
         otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the Issuer in its absolute
         discretion.

                                                                              25

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.      GENERAL

16.1     WAIVER

         A failure to exercise or enforce or a delay in exercising or enforcing
         or the partial exercise or enforcement of any right, remedy, power or
         privilege under this Agreement by a party will not in any way preclude
         or operate as a waiver of any further exercise or enforcement of such
         right, remedy, power or privilege of the exercise or enforcement of any
         other right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement or
         provided by law.

16.2     WRITTEN WAIVER, CONSENT AND APPROVAL

         Any waiver, consent or approval given by a party under this Agreement
         will only be effective and will only bind that party if it is given in
         writing, or given verbally and subsequently confirmed in writing, and
         executed by that party or on its behalf by two Authorised Officers of
         that party.

16.3     SEVERABILITY

         Any provision of this Agreement which is illegal, void or unenforceable
         in any jurisdiction is ineffective in such jurisdiction to the extent
         only of such illegality, voidness or unenforceability without
         invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

16.4     SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITIES

         The indemnities contained in this Agreement are continuing, and survive
         the termination of this Agreement.

16.5     ASSIGNMENTS

         No party may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under
         this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties
         and confirmation from the Rating Agencies that such assignment will not
         lead to a reduction, qualification or reduction of its then rating of
         the Offered Notes.

16.6     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

         This Agreement is binding upon and ensures to the benefit of the
         parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted
         assigns.

16.7     MORATORIUM LEGISLATION

         To the fullest extent permitted by law, the provisions of all statutes
         whether existing now or in the future operating directly or indirectly:

         (a)      (TO AFFECT OBLIGATIONS): to lessen or otherwise to vary or
                  affect in favour of any party any obligation under this
                  Agreement; or

         (b)      (TO AFFECT RIGHTS): to delay or otherwise prevent or
                  prejudicially affect the exercise of any rights or remedies
                  conferred on a party under this Agreement,

         are hereby expressly waived, negatived and excluded.

16.8     AMENDMENTS

         The parties to this Agreement may only amend this Agreement in
         accordance with clause 33.1(b) of the Series Supplement.

                                                                              26

16.9     GOVERNING LAW

         This Agreement is governed by and must be construed in accordance with
         the laws of the State of New South Wales.

16.10    JURISDICTION

         Each party irrevocably and unconditionally:

         (a)      (SUBMISSIONS TO JURISDICTION): submits to the non-exclusive
                  jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New South Wales;

         (b)      (WAIVER OF INCONVENIENT FORUM): waives any objection it may
                  now or in the future have to the bringing of proceedings in
                  those courts and any claim that any proceedings have been
                  brought in an inconvenient forum; and

         (c)      (SERVICE OF NOTICE): agrees, without preventing any other mode
                  of service permitted by law, that any document required to be
                  served in any proceedings may be served in the manner in which
                  notices and other written communications may be given under
                  clause 13.

16.11    COUNTERPARTS

         This Agreement may be executed in a number of counterparts and all such
         counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same
         instrument.

16.12    LIMITATION OF OFFERED NOTE TRUSTEE'S LIABILITY

         The Offered Note Trustee is a party to this Agreement in its capacity
         as trustee of the Offered Note Trust. The liability of the Offered Note
         Trustee under this Agreement is limited in the manner and to the same
         extent as under the Offered Note Trust Deed.

16.13    CONTRA PROFERENTEM

         Each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted without
         disadvantage to the party who (or whose representative) drafted that
         provision.

                                                                              27

EXECUTED as an agreement.

SIGNED for and on behalf of PERPETUAL
TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED ABN 42 000 001 007
by                                              --------------------------------
its Attorney under a Power of Attorney
dated and who declares that he or she has       Signature of Attorney
not received any notice of the revocation of
such Power of Attorney, in the presence of:

-----------------------------------------       --------------------------------

Signature of Witness                            Name of Attorney in full

-----------------------------------------

Name of Witness in full

SIGNED for and on behalf of SECURITISATION
ADVISORY SERVICES PTY LIMITED ABN 88 064 133
946
by                                              --------------------------------
its Attorney under a Power of
Attorney dated and who declares that he or      Signature of Attorney
she has not received any notice of the
revocation of such Power of Attorney, in the
presence of:

-----------------------------------------

Signature of Witness

-----------------------------------------

Name of Witness in full

                                                                              28

SIGNED for THE BANK OF NEW YORK by its
Authorised Signatory:                          ---------------------------------

                                               Authorised Signatory

-----------------------------------------

Signature of Witness

-----------------------------------------

Name of Witness in full

SIGNED for THE BANK OF NEW YORK, LONDON
BRANCH by its Authorised Signatory:            ---------------------------------

                                               Authorised Signatory

-----------------------------------------

Signature of Witness

-----------------------------------------

Name of Witness in full

                                                                              29

SIGNED for and on behalf of AIB/BNY FUND
MANAGEMENT (IRELAND) LIMITED
by                                             ---------------------------------
its Attorney under a Power of Attorney
dated and who declares that he or she has      Signature of Attorney
not received any notice of the revocation
of such Power of Attorney, in the presence
of:

-----------------------------------------

Signature of Witness

-----------------------------------------

Name of Witness in full

                                                                              30

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00077-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00077-of-00352.parquet"}]]